AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
10-K, 2000-03-30
CONVERTED PAPER & PAPERBOARD PRODS (NO CONTANERS/BOXES)
Previous: MEDICORE INC, 10-K/A, 2000-03-30
Next: BAKER MICHAEL CORP, 10-K, 2000-03-30




================================================================================
                    U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

[ ]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

     For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2000
                                       OR
[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

     For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

                          Commission file number 1-7685

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                 Delaware                                95-1492269
     (State or other jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
      incorporation or organization)

     150 North Orange Grove Boulevard
           Pasadena, California                           91103
 (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (626) 304-2000

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                             Name of each
        Title of Each Class                         exchange on which registered
        -------------------                         ----------------------------

    Common stock, $1 par value                         New York Stock Exchange
                                                          Pacific Exchange

  Preferred Share Purchase Rights                      New York Stock Exchange
                                                          Pacific Exchange

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                 Not applicable.

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ].

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

     The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates as of
February 28, 2000 was approximately $5,896,263,000.

     Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of February
28, 2000: 112,421,211.

     The following documents are incorporated by reference into the Parts of
this report below indicated:
<PAGE>

                                                                 Incorporated by
                   Document                                      reference into:
                   --------                                      ---------------

    Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended           Parts I, II-
     January 1, 2000 (the "1999 Annual Report")
Definitive Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Stockholders     Parts III, IV
  to be held April 27, 2000 (the "2000 Proxy Statement")

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS

     Avery Dennison Corporation ("Registrant") was incorporated in 1977 in the
state of Delaware as Avery International Corporation, the successor corporation
to a California corporation of the same name which was incorporated in 1946. In
1990, Registrant merged one of its subsidiaries into Dennison Manufacturing
Company ("Dennison"), as a result of which Dennison became a wholly owned
subsidiary of Registrant, and in connection with which Registrant's name was
changed to Avery Dennison Corporation.

     The business of Registrant and its subsidiaries (Registrant and its
subsidiaries are sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Company") includes
the production of pressure-sensitive adhesives and materials and the production
of consumer and converted products. Some pressure-sensitive adhesives and
materials are "converted" into labels and other products through embossing,
printing, stamping and die-cutting, and some are sold in unconverted form as
base materials, tapes and reflective sheeting. The Company also manufactures and
sells a variety of consumer and converted products and other items not involving
pressure-sensitive components, such as notebooks, three-ring binders, organizing
systems, markers, fasteners, business forms, tickets, tags, and imprinting
equipment.

     A pressure-sensitive, or self-adhesive, material is one that adheres to a
surface by mere press-on contact. It consists of four elements--a face material,
which may be paper, metal foil, plastic film or fabric; an adhesive which may be
permanent or removable; a release coating; and a backing material to protect the
adhesive against premature contact with other surfaces, and which can also serve
as the carrier for supporting and dispensing individual labels. When the
products are to be used, the release coating and protective backing are removed,
exposing the adhesive, and the label or other face material is pressed or rolled
into place.

     Self-adhesive materials may initially cost more than materials using heat
or moisture activated adhesives, but the use of self-adhesive materials often
effects cost savings because of their easy and instant application, without the
need for adhesive activation. They also provide consistent and versatile
adhesion, minimum adhesive deterioration and are available in a large selection
of materials in nearly any size, shape or color.

     International operations, principally in Western Europe, constitute a
significant portion of the Company's business. In addition, the Company is
currently expanding its operations in Asia Pacific, Latin America and Eastern
Europe. In February 2000, the Company announced plans to invest over $40 million
dollars in the People's Republic of China during the next several years. This
investment will include three new facilities and an expansion of the existing
Kunshan manufacturing plant. As of January 1, 2000, the Company manufactured and
sold its products from approximately 200 manufacturing facilities and sales
offices located in 39 countries, and employed a total of approximately 17,400
persons worldwide.

     During the first quarter of 1999, the Company announced a major realignment
of its cost structure to increase operating efficiencies and improve
profitability. In connection with this realignment, the Company has announced
that it will close a number of facilities, five of which have been completed:
Nykobing, Denmark; Roye, France; Rochelle, Illinois; Rancho Cucamonga,
California; and Haan, Germany. As a result of these closures, at January 1,
2000, approximately 950 employees have left the Company out of a total of
approximately 1,500 positions that will be eliminated.

     The Company wishes to take advantage of the "safe harbor" provisions of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is subject to certain
risks referred to in Exhibit 99 hereto, including those normally attending
international and domestic operations, such as changes in economic or political
conditions, currency fluctuation, exchange control regulations and the effect of
international relations and domestic affairs of foreign countries on the conduct
of business, legal proceedings, and the availability and pricing of raw
materials.

     Except as set forth below, no material part of the Company's business is
dependent upon a single customer or a few customers and the loss of a particular
customer or a few customers generally would not have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business. However, sales and related accounts receivable of the
Company's U.S. consumer products are increasingly concentrated in a small number


                                       1
<PAGE>

of major customers, principally discount office products superstores and
distributors (see Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on page
41 of the 1999 Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference). United States
export sales are not a significant part of the Company's business. Backlogs are
not considered material in the industries in which the Company competes.

Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials Segment

     The Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials segment manufactures and
sells Fasson- and Avery Dennison-brand pressure-sensitive base materials,
specialty tapes, graphic films, reflective highway safety products, and
chemicals. Base materials consist primarily of papers, plastic films, metal
foils and fabrics which are primed and coated with Company-developed and
purchased adhesives, and then laminated with specially coated backing papers and
films for protection. They are sold in roll or sheet form with either solid or
patterned adhesive coatings, and are available in a wide range of face
materials, sizes, thicknesses and adhesive properties. The business of this
segment is not seasonal.

     Base material products consist of a wide range of pressure-sensitive coated
papers, films and foils which are sold to label printers and converters for
labeling, decorating, fastening, electronic data processing and special
applications. Other product offerings include paper and film stock for use in a
variety of industrial, commercial and consumer applications. The Company also
manufactures and sells proprietary film face stocks, and specialty insulation
paper.

     Specialty tape products are single- and double-coated tapes and transfer
adhesives for use in non-mechanical fastening systems in various industries and
are sold to industrial and medical converters, original equipment manufacturers
and disposable-diaper producers worldwide.

     Graphic products consist of a variety of films and other products sold to
the worldwide automotive, architectural, commercial sign, digital printing, and
other related markets. The Company also sells durable cast and reflective films
to the construction, automotive, fleet transportation, sign and industrial
equipment markets, and reflective films and highway safety products for traffic
and safety applications. In addition, the Company sells specialty
print-receptive films to the industrial label market, metallic dispersion
products to the packaging industry and proprietary woodgrain film laminates for
housing exteriors and automotive applications. The Company's graphics businesses
are organized on a worldwide basis to serve the expanding commercial graphic
arts market, including wide-format digital printing applications.

     Chemical products include a range of solvent- and emulsion-based acrylic
polymer adhesives, top coats, protective coatings and binders for internal uses
as well as for sale to other companies.

     During the third quarter of 1999, the Company acquired Stimsonite
Corporation, based in Niles, Illinois, a leading manufacturer of reflective
safety products for the transportation and highway safety markets. In late 1999,
the Company acquired the remaining minority ownership position in its base
materials operation in Argentina.

     In this segment, the Company competes, both domestically and
internationally, with a number of medium to large firms. Entry of competitors
into the field of pressure-sensitive adhesives and materials is limited by high
capital requirements and a need for sophisticated technical know-how. The
Company believes that its ability to serve its customers with a broad product
line of quality products and the development and commercialization of new
products are among the more significant factors in developing and maintaining
its competitive position.

Consumer and Converted Products Segment

     The Consumer and Converted Products segment manufactures and sells a wide
range of Avery-brand consumer products, custom label products, high performance
specialty films and labels, automotive applications and fasteners. The business
of this segment is not seasonal, except for certain consumer products sold
during the back-to-school season.

     The Company's principal consumer products are generally sold worldwide
through wholesalers and dealers, mass market channels of distribution, and
discount superstores. The Company manufactures and sells a wide range of
Avery-brand products for home, school and office uses, including copier, laser
and ink-jet printer labels, related computer software, presentation and
organizing systems, laser-printer card and index products, data-processing
labels, notebooks, notebook and presentation dividers, three-ring binders, sheet
protectors, and various vinyl and heat-sealed products. A wide range of other
stationery products is offered, including markers, adhesives and specialty
products under brand names such as Avery, Marks-A-Lot and HI-LITER, and
accounting products, note pads and presentation products under the National
brand name. The extent of product offerings varies by geographic market.
Operations in Latin America and Asia Pacific have been established to market and
distribute the Avery-brand line of stock self-adhesive products, including
copier, laser and ink-jet labels and related software, laser printed card
products and other unprinted labels.
                                       2
<PAGE>

     Custom label products in North America primarily consist of custom
pressure-sensitive and heat-transfer labels for automotive and durable goods
industries and custom pressure-sensitive labels and specialty combination
products for the electronic data-processing market. These products are sold
directly to manufacturers and packagers and retailers, as well as through
international subsidiaries, distributors and licensees. Label products in Europe
include custom and stock labels, labeling machinery and data printing systems,
which are marketed to a wide range of industrial and retail users.

     The Company designs, fabricates and sells a wide variety of tags and
labels, including bar-coded tags and labels, and a line of machines for
imprinting, dispensing and attaching preprinted roll tags and labels. The
machine products are generally designed for use with tags and labels as a
complete system. The Company also designs, assembles and sells labeling systems
for integration into a customer's shipping and receiving operations. Principal
markets include apparel, retail and industrial for identification, tracking and
control applications principally in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.
Fastener products include plastic tying and attaching products for retail and
industrial users.

     The Company also manufactures and sells on-battery labels to battery
manufacturers, and self-adhesive stamps to the U.S. and international postal
services. The Company is an integrated supplier of adhesive coating, security
printing and converting technologies for postage stamp production. Specialty
automotive films products are used for interior and exterior vehicle finishes,
striping decoration and identification. Other products include
pressure-sensitive sheeted and die-cut papers and films, which are sold through
distributors.

     During the first quarter of 1999, the Company completed a transaction with
Steinbeis Holding GmbH to combine substantially all of the Company's office
products businesses in Europe with Zweckform Buro-Produkte GmbH ("Zweckform"), a
German office products supplier.

     In this segment, the Company competes, both domestically and
internationally, with a number of small to large firms (among the principal
competitors are Esselte AB, Fortune Brands, Inc., and Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Co.). The Company believes that its ability to serve its customers
with an extensive product line, its distribution strength, its ability to
develop and to commercialize new products, and its diverse technical foundation,
including a range of electronic imprinting and automatic labeling systems, are
among the more significant factors in developing and maintaining its competitive
position.

Research and Development

     Many of the Company's current products are the result of its own research
and development efforts. The Company expended $64.3 million, $65 million, and
$61.1 million, in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively, on research related
activities by operating units and the Avery Research Center (the "Research
Center"), located in Pasadena, California. A substantial amount of the Company's
research and development activities are conducted at the Research Center. Much
of the effort of the Research Center applies to both of the Company's operating
segments.

     The operating units' research efforts are directed primarily toward
developing new products and processing operating techniques and improving
product performance, often in close association with customers. The Research
Center supports the operating units' patent and product development work, and
focuses on research and development in new adhesives, materials and coating
processes, as well as new product applications. Research and development
generally focuses on projects affecting more than one operating segment in such
areas as printing and coating technologies, and adhesive, release, coating and
ink chemistries.

     The loss of any of the Company's individual patents or licenses would not
be material to the business of the Company taken as a whole, nor to either one
of the Company's operating segments. The Company's principal trademarks are
Avery, Fasson and Avery Dennison. These trademarks are significant in the
markets in which the Company's products compete.


                                       3
<PAGE>

Three-Year Summary of Segment Information

     The Business Segment Information and financial information by geographical
areas of the Company's operations for the three years ended January 1, 2000,
which appears in Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages
45 and 46 of the 1999 Annual Report, are incorporated herein by reference.

Other Matters

     The raw materials used by the Company are primarily paper, plastic and
chemicals which are purchased from a variety of commercial and industrial
sources. Although from time to time shortages could occur, these raw materials
are currently generally available.

     At present, the Company produces a majority of its self-adhesive materials
using non-solvent technology. However, a significant portion of the Company's
manufacturing process for self-adhesive materials utilizes certain evaporative
organic solvents which, unless controlled, would be emitted into the atmosphere.
Emissions of these substances are regulated by agencies of federal, state, local
and foreign governments. During the past several years, the Company has made a
substantial investment in solvent capture and control units and solvent-free
systems. Installation of these units and systems has reduced atmospheric
emissions.

     Efforts have been directed toward development of new adhesives and
solvent-free adhesive processing systems. Emulsion, hot-melt adhesives or
solventless silicone systems have been installed in the Company's facilities in
Peachtree City, Georgia; Fort Wayne and Greenfield, Indiana; Quakertown,
Pennsylvania; Rodange, Luxembourg; Turnhout, Belgium; Hazerswoude, The
Netherlands; Cramlington, England; and Gotha, Germany as well as other plants in
the United States, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Colombia, France, Germany,
Korea, China, India and Thailand.

     Based on current information, the Company does not believe that the costs
of complying with applicable laws regulating the discharge of materials into the
environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, will
have a material effect upon the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive
position of the Company.

     For information regarding the Company's potential responsibility for
cleanup costs at certain hazardous waste sites, see "Legal Proceedings" (Part I,
Item 3) and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition" (Part II, Item 7). For information regarding the Company's
actions in addressing the Year 2000 Issue, see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" (Part II, Item 7).

Item 2. PROPERTIES

     At January 1, 2000, the Company operated approximately 30 principal
manufacturing facilities in excess of 100,000 square feet and totaling
approximately 5 million square feet. The following sets forth the locations of
such principal facilities and the operating segments for which they are
presently used:

Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials Segment

     Domestic--Painesville and Fairport, Ohio; Peachtree City, Georgia;
                 Quakertown, Pennsylvania; and Greenfield, Fort Wayne, Lowell,
                 and Schererville, Indiana.

     Foreign--Hazerswoude, The Netherlands; Cramlington, England;
               Champ-sur-Drac, France; Turnhout, Belgium; Ajax, Canada; Rodange,
               Luxembourg; and Gotha, Germany.

Consumer and Converted Products Segment

     Domestic--Gainesville, Georgia; Chicopee and Framingham, Massachusetts;
                 Meridian, Mississippi; Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Clinton,
                 South Carolina; and Crossville, Tennessee.

     Foreign--Bowmanville,  Canada;  La  Monnerie,  France;  Hong  Kong,  China;
                 Juarez and  Tijuana,  Mexico;  Utrecht,  The Netherlands;
                 Maidenhead, U.K.; and Oberlaidern, Germany.


                                       4
<PAGE>

     In addition to the Company's principal manufacturing facilities described
above, the Company's other principal facilities include its corporate
headquarters facility and research center in Pasadena, California, and offices
located in Maidenhead, England; Leiden, The Netherlands; Concord, Ohio and
Framingham, Massachusetts.

     All of the Company's principal properties identified above are owned in fee
except the facilities in Ajax, Canada and Juarez, Mexico; and portions of the
facilities in Framingham, Massachusetts; and La Monnerie, France, which are
leased.

     All of the buildings comprising the facilities identified above were
constructed after 1954, except parts of the Framingham, Massachusetts plant and
office complex. All buildings owned or leased are well maintained and of sound
construction, and are considered suitable and generally adequate for the
Company's present needs. The Company will expand capacity and provide facilities
to meet future increased demand as needed. Owned buildings and plant equipment
are insured against major losses from fire and other usual business risks. The
Company knows of no material defects in title to, or significant encumbrances on
its properties except for certain mortgage liens.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company, like other U.S. corporations, has periodically received
notices from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and state
environmental agencies alleging that the Company is a potentially responsible
party ("PRP") for past and future cleanup costs at hazardous waste sites. The
Company has been designated by the EPA and/or other responsible state agencies
as a PRP at 13 waste disposal or waste recycling sites which are the subject of
separate investigations or proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or
groundwater contamination and for which no settlement of the Company's liability
has been agreed upon. Litigation has been initiated by a governmental authority
with respect to two of these sites, but the Company does not believe that any
such proceedings will result in the imposition of monetary sanctions. The
Company is participating with other PRPs at all such sites, and anticipates that
its share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial agreements
entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other
governmental authorities. The Company has accrued liabilities for all sites,
including sites in which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a
PRP, where it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of the
loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the uncertainties
associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future
expense to remediate the currently identified sites, and sites which could be
identified in the future for cleanup, could be higher than the liability
currently accrued. Based on current site assessments, management believes the
potential liability over the amounts currently accrued would not materially
affect the Company.

     The Registrant and its subsidiaries are involved in various other lawsuits,
claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of the business.
In the opinion of the Company's management, the resolution of these matters will
not materially affect the Company.

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth
quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Served as
                                                     Executive                          Former Positions and
                Name                     Age         Officer since                      Offices with Registrant
                ----                     ---         -------------     -----------------------------------------------------

<S>                                      <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>
Charles D. Miller(2).................    72           May 1965          1964-1983      Various positions of increasing
   Chairman                                                                            responsibility
   (also Director of Registrant)
                                                                        1983-1998      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Philip M. Neal(2)....................    59         January 1974        1974-1990      Various positions of increasing
   President and Chief                                                                 responsibility
   Executive Officer
   (also Director of Registrant)                                        1990-1998      President and Chief Operating Officer

Kim A. Caldwell......................    52           June 1990         1990-1997      Senior Group V.P.,
   Executive Vice President,                                                           Worldwide Materials -
   Global Technology and                                                               Americas and Asia
   New Business Development

Robert M. Calderoni..................    40         October 1997        1994-1996(3)   V.P., Finance
   Senior Vice President, Finance                                                      IBM Storage Systems Division
   and Chief Financial Officer                                          1996-1997(3)   Senior V.P., Finance
                                                                                       Apple Computer, Inc.

Robert G. van Schoonenberg...........    53         December 1981       1981-1996      V.P., General Counsel  and Secretary
   Senior Vice President,
   General Counsel and Secretary

Wayne H. Smith.......................    58           June 1979         1979-1999      V.P. and Treasurer
   Vice President, Financial
   Services and Treasurer

Thomas E. Miller                         52          March 1994         1993-1994      V.P. and Assistant Controller
   Vice President and Controller

Diane B. Dixon.......................    48         December 1985       1985-1997      V.P., Corporate Communications
   Vice President, Worldwide
   Communications and Advertising

Geoffrey T. Martin...................    45         January 1994        1994-1997      Senior V.P., Worldwide Tape &
   Senior Group Vice President,                                                        Converting and Materials - Europe
   Worldwide Converting, Graphic
   Systems and Specialty Tapes

Dean A. Scarborough(4)...............    44          August 1997        1993-1995      V.P. and General Manager,
   Group Vice President,                                                               Fasson Roll Division - U.S.
   Fasson Roll Worldwide                                                1995-1997      V.P. and General Manager,
                                                                                       Fasson Roll Division - Europe
                                                                        1997-1999      Group V.P., Fasson North America and
                                                                                       Europe
- -------------------------
(1)  All officers are elected to serve a one year term and until their
     successors are elected and qualify.
(2)  As previsouly planned, Mr. Miller, Chairman, will retire from that role on
     May 1, 2000, and he will remain a Director of the Company; Mr. Neal will
     become Chairman and Chief Executive Officer when Mr. Scarborough assumes
     his new position on May 1, 2000.
(3)  Business experience prior to service with Registrant.
(4)  Mr. Scarborough has been elected President and Chief Operating Officer,
     effective May 1, 2000.

</TABLE>


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The information called for by this item appears on page 50 of Registrant's
1999 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Selected financial data for each of Registrant's last five fiscal years
appears on pages 26 and 27 of Registrant's 1999 Annual Report and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
        FINANCIAL CONDITION

Results of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                               1999           1998             1997
                                                                            ----           ----             ----
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales..........................................................        $3,768.2       $3,459.9       $3,345.7
Cost of products sold..............................................         2,486.8        2,315.4        2,263.0
                                                                           --------       --------       --------
Gross profit.......................................................         1,281.4        1,144.5        1,082.7
Marketing, general and administrative expense......................           842.6          773.2          739.8
Restructuring charge...............................................            65.0             -              -
                                                                           --------       --------       --------
Earnings before interest and taxes.................................        $  373.8       $  371.3       $  342.9
</TABLE>

     Sales increased 8.9 percent to $3.77 billion in 1999, compared to $3.46
billion in 1998. Excluding changes in foreign currency exchange rates, sales
increased 10.3 percent. The Company's 1999 and 1997 fiscal years reflected
52-week periods compared to a 53-week period in 1998. In 1998, sales increased
3.4 percent over 1997 sales of $3.35 billion. Excluding the impact of currency,
sales increased 4.8 percent in 1998.

     Gross profit margins for the years ended 1999, 1998 and 1997 were 34
percent, 33.1 percent and 32.4 percent, respectively. The improvement in 1999
was due to sales growth, cost reduction initiatives and productivity
improvements. The increase in 1998 was primarily due to increased productivity,
cost control and an improved product mix.

     Marketing, general and administrative expense as a percent of sales was
22.4 percent in 1999, 22.3 percent in 1998 and 22.1 percent in 1997.

     In the first quarter of 1999, the Company announced a major realignment of
its cost structure designed to increase operating efficiencies and improve
profitability. The realignment resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $65
million, or $.42 per diluted share on an after-tax basis. The restructuring
involves the consolidation of manufacturing and distribution capacity in both of
the Company's operating segments. The $65 million charge reflects the costs to
close eight manufacturing and distribution facilities, the elimination of
approximately 1,500 positions (principally in manufacturing), and other
initiatives to exit activities. The restructuring charge includes severance and
related costs for approximately 1,500 positions ($35.1 million), and asset
write-downs ($29.9 million). Severance and related costs represent cash paid or
to be paid to employees being terminated under the program. Asset write-downs
identified as part of the restructuring program, principally related to
equipment, represent non-cash charges required to reduce the carrying value of
the assets to be disposed of to net realizable value as of the planned date of
disposal. At the end of 1999, five plant closures were completed and
approximately 950 employees had left the Company. In addition, $22.8 million had
been paid for severance and related costs and $23.2 million had been utilized in
asset write-downs. The Company realized approximately $20 million net pretax
savings from this program in 1999. The Company expects 2000 pretax savings in
the range of $38 million to $40 million. When fully implemented, the Company
estimates cumulative annual pretax savings of approximately $58 million to $62
million.

     Results from operations and certain other key financial measures for 1999
are shown with and without the impact of the restructuring charge. The
additional proforma financial information, which excludes the restructuring
charge, is not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       7
<PAGE>

     Interest expense for the years ended 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $43.4 million,
$34.6 million and $31.7 million, respectively. The increase in 1999 compared to
1998 was primarily due to increased debt to fund acquisitions and share
repurchases. The increase in 1998 compared to 1997 was primarily due to higher
average borrowings to support a more aggressive share repurchase program.

     Income before taxes, as a percent of sales, was 8.8 percent in 1999.
Excluding the restructuring charge, income before taxes, as a percent of sales,
increased to 10.5 percent in 1999. In 1998 and 1997, income before taxes, as a
percent of sales, was 9.7 percent and 9.3 percent, respectively. The
improvements in 1999, excluding the restructuring charge, and 1998 were mainly
attributable to higher gross profit margins. The effective tax rate was 34.8
percent in 1999, 33.7 percent in 1998 and 34.2 percent in 1997. The increase in
1999 was primarily due to a change in the geographic mix of income. The decrease
in 1998 was primarily due to an increase in U.S. tax credits for research and
experimentation. The Company estimates that the effective tax rate for 2000 will
be comparable to 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions, except per  share amounts)                                           1999         1998        1997
                                                                                   ----         ----        ----
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>         <C>
Net income.................................................................        $215.4       $223.3      $204.8
Net income per common share................................................          2.17         2.20        1.99
Net income per common share, assuming dilution.............................          2.13         2.15        1.93
</TABLE>

     Net income totaled $215.4 million in 1999, $223.3 million in 1998 and
$204.8 million in 1997. Excluding the restructuring charge, 1999 net income was
$257.8 million, a 15.5 percent increase over 1998. Net income, as a percent of
sales, was 5.7 percent, 6.5 percent and 6.1 percent in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. Excluding the restructuring charge, net income, as a percent of
sales, increased to 6.8 percent in 1999.

     Net income per common share was $2.17 in 1999 compared to $2.20 in the
prior year. Excluding the restructuring charge, net income per common share
increased 18.2 percent to $2.60 in 1999. Net income per common share was $1.99
in 1997.

     Net income per common share, assuming dilution, was $2.13 in 1999.
Excluding the restructuring charge, net income per common share, assuming
dilution, was $2.54, an increase of 18.1 percent, from $2.15 in 1998. Net income
per common share, assuming dilution, was $1.93 in 1997.

Results of Operations by Operating Segment

Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                                    1999            1998           1997
                                                                                 ----            ----           ----
<S>                                                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales..............................................................        $2,015.7        $1,874.5        $1,824.5
Income from operations before interest and taxes.......................           182.4           167.4           171.9
</TABLE>

     The Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials segment reported increased
sales and income for 1999 compared to 1998. Sales increased 7.5 percent to $2.02
billion in 1999, compared to $1.87 billion in 1998. Excluding changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, sales increased 9.6 percent. Sales increased in the
U.S. operations primarily due to unit volume growth in the U.S. roll materials
business, particularly in sales of film and specialty products, and the recent
acquisition of Stimsonite Corporation (Stimsonite). Sales for the international
operations increased as a result of worldwide unit volume growth. This increase
in international sales was significantly offset by changes in foreign currency
rates.


                                       8
<PAGE>

     The segment's 1999 income results include a pretax restructuring charge
recorded in the first quarter of $25.1 million ($15.4 million in the U.S.
operations and $9.7 million in the international operations). Excluding this
charge, 1999 segment income was $207.5 million, a 23.9 percent increase over
1998. Income from U.S. operations improved primarily due to sales growth and
margin improvement in the U.S. roll materials business, attributed to cost
reduction actions from Six Sigma (a program designed to improve productivity and
quality, while reducing costs) and restructuring programs, as well as the recent
acquisition of Stimsonite. Income from the international operations increased
primarily due to increased sales and profitability in the Asian and Latin
American businesses.

     In the third quarter of 1999, the Company acquired Stimsonite, based in
Niles, Illinois, a leading manufacturer of reflective safety products for the
transportation and highway safety markets. The Company paid approximately $150
million (including the assumption of approximately $20 million in debt) for
Stimsonite, which was primarily funded with the issuance of debt. Stimsonite had
sales of $87 million in 1998. The excess of the cost-basis over the fair value
of net tangible assets acquired was $124.7 million.

     In the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company acquired the remaining minority
stake in its Argentine business, the largest pressure-sensitive materials
operation in that country.

     The Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials segment reported increased
sales for 1998 compared to 1997. Sales increased in the U.S. operations
primarily due to strong unit volume growth in the core U.S. roll materials
business. Income for total U.S. operations in the segment decreased slightly,
primarily due to changes in product mix and start-up costs for new products.
However, operating margins for the core roll materials business in 1998 remained
constant relative to the prior year. Total international operations in the
segment reported increased sales, reflecting strong unit volume growth in Europe
and geographic expansion efforts. This increase in sales was partially offset by
changes in foreign currency rates. Income for the international operations was
down slightly from the prior year mainly due to pricing pressures in Europe and
costs associated with new plant start-ups.

Consumer and Converted Products:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                                       1999            1998            1997
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales..................................................................        $1,932.5       $1,741.4        $1,671.9
Income from operations before interest and taxes...........................           222.1          226.7           187.9
</TABLE>

     The Consumer and Converted Products segment reported increased sales for
1999 compared to 1998. Sales increased 11 percent to $1.93 billion in 1999 over
1998 sales of $1.74 billion. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency
rates, sales increased 11.7 percent. The U.S. operations reported increased
sales as a result of recent acquisitions, and solid sales growth for most
Avery-brand product lines and high performance films. The international
operations also reported increased sales due to the recent Zweckform venture,
sales growth in the worldwide ticketing business and acquisitions. The
international operations' sales increase was partially offset by changes in
foreign currency rates.

     The segment's 1999 income results include a pretax restructuring charge
recorded in the first quarter of $37.6 million ($24.3 million in the U.S.
operations and $13.3 million in the international operations). Excluding this
charge, 1999 segment income increased to $259.7 million, a 14.6 percent increase
over 1998. Income for the U.S. operations, excluding the restructuring charge,
improved primarily due to unit volume growth in Avery-brand products and high
performance films. Income for the international operations, excluding the
restructuring charge, increased primarily due to the Zweckform venture and
growth at other office products businesses in Europe, and operations in Asia.

     The segment was impacted in 1999 by decreased sales and income in the
battery label business. A key customer in this business made a product mix
change in its battery lines, resulting in a partial shift from higher-priced
tester labels to standard battery labels. The Company expects this negative
year-to-year comparison to continue for the next quarter in its battery label
business. However, it is not expected to have a material impact on the segment's
profitability.


                                       9
<PAGE>

     In the first quarter of 1999, the Company completed a transaction with
Steinbeis Holding GmbH to combine substantially all of the Company's office
products businesses in Europe with Zweckform Buro-Produkte GmbH (Zweckform), a
German office products supplier. The Company's aggregate cost basis in this
venture was financed through available cash resources of approximately $23
million and the assumption of an obligation as reported in the "Long-term
obligation" line on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. It is the intention of the
Company to pay the entire obligation in 2004. The excess of the cost-basis over
the fair value of net tangible assets acquired was $104.6 million.

     In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company acquired Spartan International,
Inc. (Spartan), a privately held specialty converting company based in Holt,
Michigan. Spartan supplies pressure-sensitive products to the commercial
graphics, sign making, vehicle marking and automotive markets.

     The Consumer and Converted Products segment reported increased sales and
profits for 1998 compared to 1997. Increased sales in the U.S. operations were
led by growth of the Avery-brand products, despite several major retailers
implementing inventory reduction programs. The Company experienced some negative
impact from these programs during the last half of 1998. Increased sales in the
U.S. operations were also attributed to growth from the high performance films
businesses, including Avloy-brand products. Income from the U.S. operations
increased primarily as a result of the consumer packaging, high performance
films and office products businesses. The international operations reported
increased sales, primarily due to strong unit volume growth in the European
office products operations, ticketing business and Asian and Latin American
businesses. This increase in sales was partially offset by changes in foreign
currency rates. Income increased in the international operations primarily due
to improved performance in the European converting and office products
operations and the ticketing businesses.

Financial Condition

     Average working capital, excluding short-term debt, as a percent of sales
was 5 percent in 1999, 7.1 percent in 1998 and 8 percent in 1997. The decrease
in 1999 was primarily attributable to higher sales and an increase in current
liabilities. The decrease in 1998 was primarily due to improved payables
management. Average inventory turnover was 9.5 turns in 1999, 9.9 turns in 1998
and 9.5 turns in 1997. The average number of days sales outstanding in accounts
receivable was 52 days in 1999, 1998 and 1997.

     Total debt increased $148.5 million to $685.7 million compared to year end
1998 primarily due to the debt issuance to fund acquisitions and share
repurchases. Total debt to total capital increased to 45.8 percent at year end
1999 compared to 39.2 percent at year end 1998. Long-term debt as a percent of
total long-term capital increased to 43.3 percent from 35.9 percent at year end
1998.

     Shareholders' equity decreased to $809.9 million from $833.3 million at
year end 1998. During 1999, the Company repurchased 2.4 million shares of common
stock at a cost of $121.9 million. As of year end 1999, a cumulative 34.3
million shares of common stock had been repurchased since 1991 and 6.1 million
shares remained available for repurchase under the Board of Directors'
authorization. The market value of shares held in the employee stock benefit
trust, after the issuance of shares under the Company's stock and incentive
plans, increased by $336.4 million to $1,014 million from year end 1998.

     Return on average shareholders' equity was 27.1 percent in 1999, 26.7
percent in 1998 and 24.8 percent in 1997. Return on average total capital for
those three years was 17 percent, 19 percent and 18.1 percent, respectively.
Excluding the impact of the 1999 restructuring charge, return on average
shareholders' equity and return on average total capital were 31.1 percent and
19.5 percent, respectively. The improvement in 1999 for these returns was
primarily due to an increase in profitability. The 1998 improvement was due to
an increase in profitability, more effective utilization of the Company's assets
and the impact from share repurchases.

     The Company, like other U.S. corporations, has periodically received
notices from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and state environmental
agencies alleging that the Company is a potentially responsible party (PRP) for
past and future cleanup costs at hazardous waste sites. The Company has received
requests for information, notices and/or claims with respect to 13 waste sites
in which the Company has no ownership interest. Litigation has been initiated by
a governmental authority with respect to two of these sites, but the Company
does not believe that any such proceedings will result in the imposition of
monetary sanctions. Environmental investigatory and remediation projects are
also being undertaken on property presently owned by the Company. The Company
has accrued liabilities for all sites where it is probable that a loss will be
incurred and the minimum cost or amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
However, because of the uncertainties associated with environmental assessments
and remediation activities, future expense to remediate the currently identified
sites, and sites which could be identified in the future for cleanup, could be
higher than the liability currently accrued. Based on current site assessments,
management believes that the potential liability over the amounts currently
accrued would not materially affect the Company.


                                       10
<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Net cash flow from operating activities was $435.2 million in 1999, $422.8
million in 1998 and $368.4 million in 1997. The improvements were primarily due
to changes in working capital requirements and the Company's improved
profitability.

     In addition to cash flow from operations, the Company has more than
adequate financing arrangements, at competitive rates, to conduct its
operations.

     The Company previously registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission $150 million in principal amount of uncollateralized medium-term
notes, of which $110 million in notes had been issued as of year end 1998. No
notes were issued in 1999. Proceeds from the medium-term notes were used to
refinance short-term debt and for other general corporate purposes. The
Company's outstanding medium-term notes have maturities from 2000 through 2025
and have a weighted-average interest rate of 6.95 percent.

     Capital expenditures were $177.7 million in 1999 and $159.7 million in
1998. Capital expenditures for 2000 are expected to be comparable to 1999.

     The annual dividend per share increased to $.99 in 1999 from $.87 in 1998
and $.72 in 1997. This was the 24th consecutive year the Company increased
dividends per share.

     The Company continues to expand its operations in Europe, Latin America and
Asia Pacific. The Company's future results are subject to changes in political
and economic conditions and the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange and interest rates. To reduce its exposure to these fluctuations, the
Company may enter into foreign exchange forward, option and swap contracts, and
interest rate contracts, where appropriate and available.

     All translation gains and losses for operations in hyperinflationary
economies were included in net income. Operations are treated as being in a
hyperinflationary economy for accounting purposes, due to the cumulative
inflation rate over the past three years. Operations in hyperinflationary
economies consist of the Company's operations in Turkey for 1999, Mexico for
1998 and 1997, and Brazil for 1997. These operations were not significant to the
Company's consolidated financial position.

Future Accounting Requirements

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities". This Statement requires that all derivative instruments
be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. Changes in the fair value
of derivatives will be recorded each period in current earnings or other
comprehensive income. The new rules will be effective the first quarter of 2001.
The Company is in the process of determining the impact of this new standard
and, based on current market conditions, anticipates that it will not have a
material impact on the Company's financial results when effective.

Year 2000

     The Company used internal and external resources to remediate and test its
systems. Costs incurred in addressing the Year 2000 (Y2K) issue were expensed as
incurred and were not material to the Company's financial results.

     The Company did not experience any significant malfunctions or errors in
its operating or business systems when the date changed from 1999 to 2000. Based
on operations since January 1, 2000, the Company does not expect any significant
impact to its ongoing business as a result of the Y2K issue. However, it is
possible that the full impact of the date change has not been fully recognized.
The Company currently is not aware of any significant Y2K or similar problems
that have arisen for its customers and suppliers.

Euro Conversion

     On January 1, 1999, a single currency called the euro was introduced in
Europe. Eleven of the fifteen member countries of the European Union adopted the
euro as their common legal currency on that date. Fixed conversion rates between
these countries' existing currencies (legacy currencies) and the euro were
established on that date. The legacy currencies are scheduled to remain legal
tender in these participating countries through July 1, 2002. During the
transition period, parties may settle transactions using either the euro or a
participating country's legacy currency.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     Certain of the Company's European facilities adopted the euro as their
functional currency in 1999. The cost of system modifications to accommodate the
euro was not material to the Company's financial results. Based on currently
available information, the euro conversion has not had a material adverse impact
on the Company's business or financial condition.

Safe Harbor Statement

     Except for historical information contained herein, the matters discussed
in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition, Market-sensitive Instruments and Risk Management and other
sections of this annual report contain "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which
are not statements of historical fact, may contain estimates, assumptions,
projections and/or expectations regarding future events. Such forward-looking
statements, and financial or other business targets, are subject to certain
risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially
from future results, performance or achievements of the Company expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Certain of such risks and
uncertainties including, but not limited to, those related to investment in new
production facilities, timely development and successful marketing of new
products, impact of competitive products and pricing, customer and supplier and
manufacturing concentrations, changes in customer order patterns and inventory
levels, increased competition, loss of significant customers, impact of Year
2000 issues and the euro conversion, legal proceedings, fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates or other risks associated with foreign operations, changes in
economic or political conditions, and other factors.

     Any forward-looking statements should also be considered in light of the
factors detailed in Exhibit 99 in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the years ended January 1, 2000 and January 2, 1999.

     The Company's forward-looking statements represent its judgment only on the
dates such statements were made. By making any forward-looking statements, the
Company assumes no duty to update them to reflect new, changed or unanticipated
events or circumstances.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market-sensitive Instruments and Risk Management

     The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate and foreign currency
exchange rate changes.

     The Company does not hold or purchase any foreign currency or interest rate
contracts for trading purposes.

     The Company's objective in managing the exposure to foreign currency
changes is to reduce the risk on earnings and cash flow associated with foreign
exchange rate changes. As a result, the Company enters into foreign exchange
forward, option and swap contracts to reduce risks associated with the value of
its existing foreign currency assets, liabilities, firm commitments and
anticipated foreign revenues and costs. The gains and losses on these contracts
are intended to offset changes in the related exposures. The Company does not
hedge its foreign currency exposure in a manner that would entirely eliminate
the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on the Company's consolidated
net income.

     The Company's objective in managing its exposure to interest rate changes
is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and
to lower its overall borrowing costs. To achieve its objectives, the Company
will periodically use interest rate contracts to manage net exposure to interest
rate changes related to its borrowings. The Company had no significant interest
rate contracts outstanding at year end 1999.

     In the normal course of operations, the Company also faces other risks that
are either nonfinancial or nonquantifiable. Such risks principally include
changes in economic or political conditions, other risks associated with foreign
operations, commodity price risk and litigation risks, which are not represented
in the analyses that follow.


                                       12
<PAGE>

Foreign Exchange Value-at-Risk

     The Company uses a "Value-at-Risk" (VAR) model to determine the estimated
maximum potential one-day loss in earnings associated with both its foreign
exchange positions and contracts. This approach assumes that market rates or
prices for foreign exchange positions and contracts are normally distributed.
The VAR model estimates were made assuming normal market conditions. Firm
commitments, receivables and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies,
which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge, were included in the
model. Forecasted transactions, which certain of these instruments are intended
to hedge, were excluded from the model.

     The VAR was estimated using a variance-covariance methodology based on
historical volatility for each currency. The volatility and correlation used in
the calculation were based on multi-year historical data obtained from publicly
available sources. A 95 percent confidence level was used for a one-day time
horizon.

     The VAR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent
actual losses in fair value that could be incurred by the Company, nor does it
consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.

     The estimated maximum potential one-day loss in earnings for the Company's
foreign exchange positions and contracts would have been immaterial to the
Company's 1999 earnings.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

     An assumed 50 basis point move in interest rates (10 percent of the
Company's weighted-average floating rate interest rates) affecting the Company's
variable-rate borrowings would have had an immaterial effect on the Company's
1999 earnings.

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     The information called for by this item is contained in Registrant's
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing on pages 34
through 46, and in the Report of Independent Accountants on page 47 of
Registrant's 1999 Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information concerning directors called for by this item is
incorporated by reference from pages 2, 3 and 4 of the 2000 Proxy Statement
which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this
report. Information concerning executive officers called for by this item
appears in Part I of this report. The information concerning late filings under
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is
incorporated by reference from page 13 of the 2000 Proxy Statement.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information called for by items 11, 12 and 13 is incorporated by
reference from pages 5 through 20 of the 2000 Proxy Statement which has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A
within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

                                     PART IV

Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

          (1) (2) Financial statements and financial statement schedules filed
     as part of this report are listed in the accompanying Index to Financial
     Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.

          (3) Exhibits filed as a part of this report are listed in the Exhibit
     Index, which follows the financial statements and schedules referred to
     above. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
     required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c)
     is identified in the Exhibit Index.

     (b) Reports on Form 8-K: Registrant did not file any Reports on Form 8-K
for the three months ended January 1, 2000.

     (c) Those Exhibits and the Index thereto, required to be filed by Item 601
of Regulation S-K are attached hereto.

     (d) Those financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X which
are excluded from Registrant's 1999 Annual Report by Rule 14a-3(b)(1), and which
are required to be filed as financial statement schedules to this report, are
indicated in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Financial
Statement Schedules.


                                       14
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                           Avery Dennison Corporation

                                           By:    /s/ Robert M. Calderoni
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                     Robert M. Calderoni
                                              Senior Vice President, Finance and
                                                   Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 30, 2000

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Signature                                      Title                              Date



<S>                                     <C>                                    <C>
    /s/ Charles D. Miller                        Chairman; Director                  March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------
     Charles D. Miller


     /s/ Philip M. Neal                     President and Chief Executive            March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------                    Officer; Director
      Philip M. Neal


   /s/ Robert M. Calderoni               Senior Vice President, Finance and          March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------                Chief Financial Officer
    Robert M. Calderoni                     (Principal Financial Officer)



     /s/ Thomas E. Miller                    Vice President and Controller           March 30, 2000
- ------------------------------               (Principal Accounting Officer)
      Thomas E. Miller
</TABLE>


                                       15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             Signature                                      Title                              Date


<S>                                                        <C>                            <C>
      /s/ Dwight L. Allison, Jr.                           Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
       Dwight L. Allison, Jr.


           /s/ John C. Argue                               Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
            John C. Argue


            /s/ Joan T. Bok                                Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
             Joan T. Bok


         /s/ Frank V. Cahouet                              Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
          Frank V. Cahouet


         /s/ Richard M. Ferry                              Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
          Richard M. Ferry


            /s/ Kent Kresa                                 Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
             Kent Kresa


          /s/ Peter W. Mullin                              Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
           Peter W. Mullin


        /s/ Sidney R. Petersen                             Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
         Sidney R. Petersen


         /s/ David E. I. Pyott                             Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
          David E. I. Pyott


         /s/ John B. Slaughter                             Director                       March 30, 2000
- -----------------------------------
          John B. Slaughter
</TABLE>


                                       16
<PAGE>

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION

                   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL
                               STATEMENT SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Reference (page)
                                                                                             ----------------
                                                                                           Form
                                                                                           10-K         Annual
                                                                                          Annual       Report to
                                                                                          Report     Shareholders
                                                                                          ------     ------------
Data incorporated by reference from the attached portions of the 1999 Annual
     Report to Shareholders of Avery Dennison Corporation:

<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
     Report of Independent Accountants.................................................     --            47
     Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 1, 2000 and January 2, 1999.................     --            34
     Consolidated Statement of Income for 1999, 1998 and 1997..........................     --            35
     Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for 1999, 1998 and 1997............     --            36
     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for 1999, 1998 and 1997......................     --            37
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements........................................     --           38-46
</TABLE>

     Individual financial statements of 50% or less owned entities accounted for
by the equity method have been omitted because, considered in the aggregate or
as a single subsidiary, they do not constitute a significant subsidiary.

     With the exception of the consolidated financial statements and the
accountants' report thereon listed in the above index, and certain information
referred to in Items 1, 5 and 6, which information is included in the 1999
Annual Report and is incorporated herein by reference, the 1999 Annual Report is
not to be deemed "filed" as part of this report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Data submitted herewith:
<S>                                                                                         <C>           <C>
     Report of Independent Accountants.................................................     S-2           --
     Financial Statement Schedules (for 1999, 1998 and 1997):
         II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.............................    S-3           --
     Consent of Independent Accountants................................................     S-4           --
</TABLE>

     All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not
present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the
schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto.


                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Avery Dennison Corporation:

     Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our
report dated January 25, 2000 appearing in the 1999 Annual Report to
Shareholders of Avery Dennison Corporation (which report and consolidated
financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form
10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item
14(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein
when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
January 25, 2000

                                      S-2
<PAGE>


           SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

                                  (In millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Additions/(Deductions)
                                                           ------------------------------------------
                                                Balance      Charged
                                                  at         to Costs                                   Balance
                                               Beginning       and          From                        at End
                                                of Year      Expenses   Acquisitions   Other Net*       of Year
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999
<S>                                              <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
     Allowance for doubtful accounts             $16.5         $8.7         $2.4         $(8.1)          $19.5
1998
     Allowance for doubtful accounts             $15.6         $2.7         $.2          $(2.0)          $16.5
1997
     Allowance for doubtful accounts             $17.5         $4.3          $--         $(6.2)          $15.6
</TABLE>



*    Consists of write-offs of uncollectible accounts and foreign currency
     translation.

                                      S-3
<PAGE>



                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-16375 and 333-38905) and Form S-8 (File
Nos. 33-1132, 33-3645, 33-27275, 33-41238, 33-45376, 33-54411, 33-58921,
33-63979, 333-38707 and 333-38709) of Avery Dennison Corporation of our report
dated January 25, 2000 relating to the financial statements, which appears in
the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report
dated January 25, 2000 relating to the financial statement schedule, which
appears in this Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 27, 2000


                                      S-4
<PAGE>


                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                       For the Year Ended January 2, 1999

INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Originally
 Exhibit                                                 Filed as
   No.                        Item                      Exhibit No.                         Document
 -------                      ----                      -----------                         --------

<S>       <C>                                           <C>           <C>
(3.1)     Restated Articles of Incorporation                 B        Proxy Statement dated February 28, 1977
                                                                      for Annual Meeting of Stockholders March 30, 1977;
                                                                      located in File No. 0-225 at Securities and Exchange
                                                                      Commission, 450 5th St., N.W., Washington, D.C.

(3.1.1)   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation,       3.1.1      1983 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          filed April 10, 1984 with Office of
          Delaware Secretary of State

(3.1.2)   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation,       3.1.2      1984 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          filed April 11, 1985 with Office of
          Delaware Secretary of State


(3.1.3)   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation        3.1.3      1986 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          filed April 6, 1987 with Office of Delaware
          Secretary of State

(3.1.4)   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation                   Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 31, 1990
          filed October 17, 1990 with Office of
          Delaware Secretary of State

(3.1.5)   Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation          3        First Quarterly report for 1997 on Form 10-Q
          filed April 28, 1997 with Office of
          Delaware Secretary of State

(3.2)     By-laws, as amended                              3(ii)      Third Quarterly report for 1999 on Form 10-Q

(4.1)     Rights Agreement dated as of October 23,                    Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 24, 1997
          1997

(4.2)     Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1991,                      Registration Statement on Form S-3
          between Registrant and Security Pacific                     (File No. 33-39491)
          National Bank, as Trustee (the "Indenture")

(4.3)     Officers' Certificate establishing a series                 Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 25, 1991
          of Securities entitled "Medium-Term
          Notes" under the Indenture

(4.4)     First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of                   Registration Statement on Form S-3
          March 16, 1993, between Registrant and                      (File No. 33-59642)
          BankAmerica National Trust Company,
          as successor Trustee (the "Supplemental
          Indenture")

(4.5)     Officers' Certificate establishing a                        Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 7, 1993
          series  of Securities entitled "Medium-Term

          Notes" under the Indenture, as amended
          by the Supplemental Indenture

(4.6)     Officers' Certificate establishing a series                 Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 29, 1994
          of Securities entitled "Medium-Term Notes,
          Series B" under the Indenture, as amended
          by the Supplemental Indenture

(4.7)     Officers' Certificate establishing a series                 Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 12, 1995
          of Securities entitled "Medium-Term Notes,
          Series C" under the Indenture, as amended
          by the Supplemental  Indenture


                                        1
<PAGE>

                                                        Originally
 Exhibit                                                 Filed as
   No.                        Item                      Exhibit No.                         Document
 -------                      ----                      -----------                         --------

(4.8)     Officers' Certificate establishing a series                 Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 16, 1996
          of Securities entitled "Medium-Term Notes,
          Series D" under the Indenture, as amended
          by the Supplemental Indenture

(10.3)    *Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors         10.3      1981 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.5)    *Executive Medical and Dental Plan                10.5      1981 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          (description)

(10.6)    *Executive Financial Counseling Service           10.6      1981 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          (description)

(10.8.1)  *Agreement with Charles D. Miller                10.8.1     1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.8.1.1)*Amendment to Agreement with                     10.8.1     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Charles D. Miller

(10.8.1.2)*Amendment to Agreement with                     10.8.2     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Charles D. Miller

(10.8.2)  *Agreement with Philip M. Neal                  10.8.2.1    1998 Annual Report on From 10-K

(10.8.3)  *Agreement with R.G. van Schoonenberg            10.8.3     1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.8.4)  *Form of Employment Agreement                    10.8.4     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.9)    *Executive Group Life Insurance Plan              10.9      1982 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.10)   *Form of Indemnity Agreement between             10.10      1986 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Registrant and certain directors and
          officers

(10.10.1) *Form of Indemnity Agreement between            10.10.1     1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Registrant and certain directors and
          officers

(10.11)   *Amended and Restated Supplemental              10.11.1     1998 Annual Report on From 10-K
          Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP")

(10.11.1) *Amended Letter of Grant to C.D. Miller         10.11.2     1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          under SERP

(10.11.2) *Letter of Grant to Philip M. Neal              10.11.2     1998 Annual Report on From 10-K
          under SERP

(10.12)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of           10.12      1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

(10.13)   *Fourth Amended Avery Dennison                  10.13.2     1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Retirement Plan for Directors

(10.15)   *1988 Stock Option Plan for Non-                 10.15      1987 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Employee Directors ("Director Plan")

(10.15.1) *Amendment No. 1 to 1988 Stock Option           10.15.1     1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Plan for Non-Employee Directors
          ("Director Plan")

(10.15.2) *Form of Non-Employee Director Stock            10.15.2     1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Option Agreement under Director Plan

(10.16)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of           10.16      1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Executive Variable Deferred Compensation
          Plan ("EVDCP")


                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                        Originally
 Exhibit                                                 Filed as
   No.                        Item                      Exhibit No.                         Document
 -------                      ----                      -----------                         --------

(10.17)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of           10.17      1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Directors Deferred Compensation Plan

(10.18)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of           10.18      1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Directors Variable Deferred Compensation
          Plan ("DVDCP")

(10.19)   *1990 Stock Option and Incentive Plan            10.19      1989 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          ("1990 Plan")

(10.19.1) *Amendment No. 1 to 1990 Plan                   10.19.1     1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.19.2) *Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement       10.19.2     1991 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          for use under 1990 Plan

(10.19.3) *Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option             10.19.3     1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Agreement under 1990 Plan

(10.19.5) *Amendment No. 2 to 1990 Plan                   10.19.5     1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.28)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of           10.28      1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Executive Deferred Retirement Plan ("EDRP")

(10.31)   *Executive Variable Deferred Retirement          10.31       Registration Statement on Form S-8
          Plan ("EVDRP")                                              (File No. 33-63979)

(10.31.1) *Amended and Restated EVDRP                     10.31.1     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.32)   *Benefit Restoration Plan                        10.32      1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.33)   *Restated Trust Agreement for Employee          10.33.1     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K
          Stock Benefit Trust

(10.33.1) *Common Stock Purchase Agreement                  10.2      Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 24, 1996

(10.33.2) *Restated Promissory Note                       10.33.3     1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K

(10.34.1) *Trust under CAP                                  4.2       Registration Statement on Form S-8
                                                                      (File No. 333-38707)
</TABLE>

- -----------------
*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
     filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c).


                                       3
<PAGE>

SUBMITTED HEREWITH:
- --

 Exhibit No.                                                       Item
 -----------                                                       ----

10.16.1     *Amendment No. 1 to EVDCP

10.18.1     *Amendment No. 1 to DVDCP

10.19.4     *Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 1990 Plan

10.21       *Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Incentive Plan

10.21.1     *Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 1996 Plan

10.27       *Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan

10.28.1     *Amendment No. 1 to EDRP

10.29       *Executive Leadership Compensation Plan

10.30       *Senior Executive Leadership Compensation Plan

10.31.2     *Amendment No. 1 to EVDRP

10.34       *Amended and Restated Capital Accumulation Plan ("CAP")

10.34.2     *Amendment No. 1 to CAP

12          Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Changes

13          Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended
            January 1, 2000

21          List of Subsidiaries

23          Consent of Independent Accountants (see page S-4)

27          Financial Data Schedule

99          Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the "Safe Harbor" Provisions of
            the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

- --------------

*    Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be
     filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c).

                        STATEMENT AND AGREEMENT REGARDING
                          LONG-TERM DEBT OF REGISTRANT

     Except as indicated above, Registrant has no instrument with respect to
long-term debt under which securities authorized thereunder equal or exceed 10%
of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of its long-term debt instruments to the
Commission upon request.

                                       4


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.16.1

                               AMENDMENT No. 1 to

                  EXECUTIVE VARIABLE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

The Executive Variable Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated as of
December 23, 1994, (the "Plan") is hereby amended effective December 1, 1999, as
follows.

1.   Article 2 "Definitions and Certain Provisions"

     a.   The definition of "Normal Retirement" is amended to read as follows:

          Normal Retirement. "Normal Retirement" means with respect to any
          -----------------
          Benefit Unit the termination of a Participant's employment with
          Employer for reasons other than death on or after the Participant
          attains age 62 and after completing deferrals of one hundred percent
          (100%) of the Cumulative Deferral Amount for such Benefit Unit,
          excluding deferrals under Option B which are elected as a percentage
          of Bonus.

2.   Section 5.1 "Retirement Benefit"

     a.   The last sentence of the second paragraph is amended to read as
          follows:

          All installment payments will be calculated on an annual basis but
          paid in such intervals as may be determined by the Committee, provided
          that such intervals shall not be less frequent than quarterly;
          interest will be credited monthly and compounded annually.

3.   Section 5.5 "Survivor Benefits"

     a.   The first sentence of Section 5.5(a) is amended to read as follows:

          Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies and has not yet commenced
          --------------
          receiving Retirement Benefit payments with respect to a Benefit Unit,
          a Survivor Benefit will be paid to his Beneficiary in annual
          installments over ten years.

     b.   The first sentence of Section 5.5(b)(ii) is amended to read as
          follows:

          Option B. The Beneficiary will be entitled to receive a Survivor
          --------
          Benefit equal to the Deferred Account balance for the Benefit Unit,
          which will be paid in annual installments over ten years.

4.   All other terms and conditions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.18.1

                               AMENDMENT No. 1 to

                  DIRECTORS VARIABLE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

The Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), dated December
23, 1994, is hereby amended effective December 1, 1999, as follows:

1.   Section 5.1 " Normal Retirement Benefit"

     a.   The last sentence of the second paragraph is amended to read as
          follows:

          All installment payments will be calculated on an annual basis but
          paid in such intervals as may be determined by the Committee, provided
          that such intervals shall not be less frequent than quarterly;
          interest will be credited monthly and compounded annually.

2.   Section 5.4 "Survivor Benefits"

     a.   The first sentence of Section 5.5(a) is amended to read as follows:

          Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies and has not yet commenced
          -------------
          receiving Retirement Benefit payments with respect to a Benefit Unit,
          a Survivor Benefit will be paid to his Beneficiary in annual
          installments over ten years.

     b.   The first sentence of Section 5.5(b)(ii) is amended to read as
          follows:

          Option B. The Beneficiary will be entitled to receive a Survivor
          --------
          Benefit equal to the Deferral Account balance for the Benefit Unit,
          which will be paid in annual installments over ten years.

3.   All other terms and conditions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.



                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.19.4

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION

                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated _______________, is made by and between Avery Dennison
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as the "Company,"
and *, an employee of Company or a Subsidiary of Company, hereinafter referred
to as "Employee".

WHEREAS, Company wishes to afford Employee the opportunity to purchase shares of
its $1.00 par value common stock under the terms of The 1990 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Avery Dennison Corporation; and

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors
(hereinafter referred to as the "Committee"), appointed to administer said Plan,
has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of Company
and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to Employee as an
inducement to remain in the service of Company or its Subsidiaries and as an
incentive for increased efforts during such service;

WHEREAS, the Committee has advised the Company of its determination and
instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option, which the Committee
has determined should be a Non-Qualified Stock Option, as authorized under the
Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, Company and Employee do hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement they shall have the
meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

1.1  Option
     ------

     "Option" shall mean the option to purchase common stock of the Company
     granted under the Stock Option Agreement.

1.2  Plan
     ----

     The "Plan" shall mean The 1990 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for Key
     Employees of Avery Dennison Corporation.

1.3  Pronouns
     --------

     The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the
     singular and plural, where the context so indicates.

* Refer to attached Notice.

<PAGE>

1.4  Secretary
     ---------

     "Secretary" shall mean the Secretary of the Company.

1.5  Subsidiary
     ----------
     "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of
     corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other
     than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing
     50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
     stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

1.6  Termination of Employment
     -------------------------
     "Termination of Employment" shall mean the time when the employee-employer
     relationship between the Employee and the Company or a Subsidiary is
     terminated for any reason, including, but not limited to, a termination by
     resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations
     where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing employment by the
     Company or a Subsidiary, and, at the discretion of the Committee,
     terminations which result in the severance of the employee-employer
     relationship that do not exceed one year. The Committee, in its absolute
     discretion, shall determine the effect of all other matters and questions
     relating to Termination of Employment.

1.7  Change of Control
     -----------------
     "Change of Control" shall mean a change in control of the Company of a
     nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of
     Schedule 14A, Regulation 240.14a-101, promulgated under the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date of this Agreement or, if Item
     6(e) is no longer in effect, any regulation issued by the Securities and
     Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which
     serves similar purposes; provided that, without limitation, a Change of
     Control shall be deemed to have occurred if and when:

     (a)  Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of
          the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes a beneficial owner,
          directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing
          fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the
          Company's then outstanding securities, or

     (b)  Individuals who were members of the Board of Directors of the Company
          immediately prior to a meeting of the shareholders of the Company
          involving a contest or the election of the directors shall not
          constitute a majority of the Board of Directors following such
          election.

1.8  Beneficiary
     -----------
     "Beneficiary" shall mean a person properly designated by the Employee,
     including his/her spouse or heirs at law, to exercise such Employee's
     rights under the Plan. Designation, revocation and redesignation of
     Beneficiaries must be made in writing in accordance with rules established
     by the Committee and shall be effective upon delivery to the Committee.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                                 GRANT OF OPTION
                                 ---------------

2.1  Grant of Option
     ---------------
     In consideration of Employee's agreement to remain in the employ of Company
     or its subsidiaries and for other good and valuable consideration, on the
     date hereof the Company irrevocably grants to Employee the option to
     purchase any part or all of an aggregate of * shares of its $1.00 par value
     common stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
     Such Option is granted pursuant to the Plan and shall also be subject to
     the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

2.2  Purchase Price
     --------------
     The purchase price of the shares of stock covered by the Option shall be
     dollars ($ ) per share without commission or other charge.

2.3  Consideration to Company
     ------------------------
     In consideration of the granting of this Option by the Company, the
     Employee agrees to render faithful and efficient service to the Company or
     a Subsidiary, with such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall
     from time to time prescribe, for a period of at least one (1) year from the
     date this Option is granted. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall
     confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company
     or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights
     of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved,
     to discharge the Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or
     without good cause. Nor shall it interfere with or restrict in any way,
     other than the forfeiture of all rights under this Agreement, the right of
     the Employee voluntarily to terminate his employment with the Company or a
     Subsidiary.

2.4  Adjustments in Option
     ---------------------
     In the event that the outstanding shares of the stock subject to the Option
     are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of
     the Company or other securities of the Company by reason of merger,
     consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, stock
     dividend, or combination of shares, the Committee shall make an appropriate
     and equitable adjustment in the number and kind of shares as to which the
     Option, or portions thereof then unexercised, shall be exercisable. Such
     adjustment shall be made with the intent that after the change or exchange
     of shares, the Employee's proportionate interest shall be maintained as
     before the occurrence of such event. Such adjustment in the Option may
     include a necessary corresponding adjustment in the option price per share,
     but shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the
     unexercised portion of the Option (except for any change in the aggregate
     price resulting from rounding-off of share quantities or prices).

* Refer to the attached Notice


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

                            PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
                            ------------------------


3.1  Commencement of Exercisability
     ------------------------------
     (a)  The Option will vest (become available for exercise) nine years and
          nine months from the date the Option was granted. However, if certain
          conditions are met, the Option will become eligible for accelerated or
          early vesting three years from the date the Option was granted or on
          subsequent anniversary dates thereafter.

          Such early vesting will occur provided that the Company's return on
          total capital as reported in the annual report to shareholders (or
          other report) for the most recently completed fiscal year equals or
          exceeds the return on total capital of the median company among the
          peer group (as listed in the Company's proxy statement) for that year
          (for example, the performance test for accelerated vesting for options
          granted in 1999 will be based on the return on total capital for
          2002).

          To facilitate the peer group performance comparison needed to
          determine whether option vesting is accelerated, the figures for peer
          group companies' return on total capital will be based upon the
          twelve-month performance for each company in the peer group closest to
          the Company's fiscal year end, using the most recent publicly
          available financial information for such companies.

          If the Company meets the performance test described above, all prior
          non-vested Options eligible for accelerated vesting will become
          available for exercise as soon as possible following the Committee's
          certifications of the Company's performance and the performance of the
          median company among the peer group.

          If the Company fails to meet the performance test described above, all
          prior non-vested Options eligible for early vesting will be subject to
          a similar performance test following the end of the next fiscal year.
          The test for early vesting of Options will continue to "roll" in the
          manner described above until the Company passes the performance test,
          or until nine years and nine months have elapsed from the date of
          grant.

     (b)  No portion of the Option which is unexercisable under Subsection (a)
          above at Termination of Employment shall thereafter become
          exercisable.

     (c)  Notwithstanding Subsections 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) above, and Section 3.4
          below, upon a Change of Control, all Option installments not yet
          exercisable shall become immediately exercisable; provided, however,
          that if all or a portion of the Option installments which otherwise
          would become exercisable pursuant to this Subsection 3.1(c) is
          determined by the Committee to constitute, when exercised, a
          "parachute payment" as defined by Section 280G of the Internal Revenue
          Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), such Option installments or
          portion thereof shall not become exercisable upon the Change of
          Control. In making this determination pursuant to the preceding
          sentence the Committee shall first take into account any payments to
          the Employee contingent on a change in the ownership or control of the
          Company or its assets (as provided in said Section 280G) under any
          other agreement or arrangement between the Company and Employee,
          exclusive of any agreement which is not subject to Section 280G
          because of Section 67(e) of the Tax Reform Act of 1984. Subsection
          3.1(c) shall be final and binding upon Employee.


                                       4
<PAGE>

3.2  Term of Option
     --------------
     The Option will expire and will not, under any condition, be exercisable
     after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Option was granted. Such
     date shall be the Option's Expiration Date.

3.3  Exercise of Option after Termination of Employment
     --------------------------------------------------
     This Option is exercisable by the Employee only while he is employed by the
     Company or a Subsidiary, subject to the following exceptions:

     (a)  If the Employee dies while the Option is exercisable under the terms
          of this Agreement, the Employee's Beneficiary may exercise such
          rights, subject to the limitation in Subsection 3.1(b). The Option
          must be exercised within twelve (12) months after the Employee's
          death, and the Committee may in its discretion extend the Expiration
          Date of the Option to accommodate such exercise.

     (b)  If the Employee's employment is terminated due to his permanent and
          total disability, as defined in Section 22(c)(3) of the Code, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitation in
          Subsection 3.1(b), within twelve (12) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

     (c)  If the Employee's employment is terminated due to his retirement, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitations of
          Subsection 3.1(b), within sixty (60) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

     (d)  If the Employee's employment is terminated due to his retirement at or
          after age fifty-five (55) and such Employee continues as a director of
          the Company, the Employee may exercise the Option to the same extent
          as he would be able to exercise it if he continued to be employed,
          until the earlier of two (2) years after he ceases to be a director of
          the Company or the Option's Expiration Date.

     (e)  If the Employee's employment is terminated other than for good cause
          or the reasons set forth in Subsections (a) through (d) above, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitations of
          Subsection 3.1(b), within three (3) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

3.4  Exercise of Option Upon Merger or Consolidation
     -----------------------------------------------
     (a)  Notwithstanding Section 3.3, the Option may not be exercised to any
          extent by anyone after the effective date of either the merger or
          consolidation of the Company into another corporation, the exchange of
          all or substantially all of the assets of the Company for the
          securities of another corporation, the acquisition by another
          corporation of 80% or more of the Company's then outstanding voting
          stock, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. At least ten
          (10) days prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation,
          exchange, acquisition, liquidation, or dissolution, the Committee
          shall give the Employee notice of such event if the Option has then
          neither been fully exercised nor become unexercisable due to the
          passage of the specified time period in Subsection (b) below.


                                       5
<PAGE>

     (b)  In the event of such merger, consolidation, exchange, liquidation, or
          dissolution, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion and on such
          terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, provide by resolution
          adopted prior to such event and incorporated in the notice referred to
          in Subsection (a) above, that for a specified period of time prior to
          the effective date of such event, the Option shall be exercisable as
          to all shares covered hereby, notwithstanding that the Option may not
          yet have become fully exercisable under Subsection 3.1(a).


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

                               EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
                               -------------------

4.1  Partial Exercise
     ----------------

     Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly
     exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the
     time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section
     3.2. Each partial exercise shall be for not less than twenty-five (25)
     shares (or a smaller number, if it is the maximum number which may be
     exercised under Section 3.1), and shall be for whole shares only.

4.2  Manner of Exercise
     ------------------
     The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by
     delivery to the Secretary or his office of all of the following:

     (a)  A written notice, complying with the applicable rules established by
          the Committee, stating that the Option or portion is thereby
          exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Employee or the other
          person then entitled to exercise the Option; and

     (b)  Full payment for the shares with respect to which the option or
          portion thereof is exercised. Payment may be made in cash (or by
          certified or bank cashier's check), or by actual or constructive
          delivery to the Company, in accordance with the procedures established
          by the Company, of Company Common Stock then owned by the Employee
          with a fair market value on the date the option is exercised equal to
          the aggregate exercise purchase price of the shares with respect to
          which the option or portion thereof is exercised, or by a combination
          of cash and surrender of stock in the manner herein specified; and

     (c)  Full payment to the Company of any federal, state or local taxes
          required to be withheld in connection with the exercise, which payment
          may be made in cash (or by certified or bank cashier's check) or by
          actual or constructive delivery and surrender to the Company in
          accordance with procedures established by the Company, of Company
          Common Stock then owned by the Employee with a fair market value on
          the date the option is exercised equal to the total of such taxes due
          in connection with the exercise, or by a combination of cash and
          surrender of stock in the manner herein specified; and

     (d)  In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised by any
          person or persons other than the Employee, appropriate proof of the
          right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.


                                       6
<PAGE>

4.3  Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates
     --------------------------------------------
     The shares of stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Option, or any
     part thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or
     issued shares which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares
     shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to
     issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of stock
     purchased upon the exercise of the Option or part thereof prior to
     fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

     (a)  The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on
          which such class of stock is then listed;

     (b)  The completion of any registration or other qualification of such
          shares under any state or federal law, or under rulings or regulations
          of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental
          regulatory body which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion,
          deem necessary or advisable;

     (c)  The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or
          federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute
          discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

     (d)  The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of
          the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for
          reasons of administrative convenience; and

     (e)  The receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares.

4.4  Rights as Shareholders
     ----------------------
     The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or
     privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any shares
     purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until
     certificates representing such shares shall have been issued by the Company
     to such holder.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------
                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

5.1  Administration
     --------------

     The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement
     and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and
     application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or
     revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and
     determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and
     binding upon the Employee, the Company and all other interested persons. No
     member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action,
     determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan
     or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board of Directors of the
     Company may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights
     and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.


                                       7
<PAGE>

5.2  Option Not Transferable
     -----------------------
     Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof may be
     sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or
     by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The Option shall be
     exercised during the Employee's lifetime only by the Employee, or his
     guardian or legal representative.

5.3  Notices
     -------
     Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company
     shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary and any notice
     to be given to the Employee shall be addressed to him at the address given
     beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section,
     either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be
     given to him. Any notice which is required to be given to Employee shall,
     if Employee is then deceased, be given to Employee's personal
     representative if such representative has previously informed the Company
     of his status and address by written notice under this Section. Any notice
     shall have been deemed duly given when enclosed in a properly sealed
     envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with postage
     prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the
     United States Postal Service.

5.4  Titles
     ------
     Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a
     basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

5.5  Construction
     ------------
     This Agreement shall be administered and interpreted under the laws of the
     State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the
parties hereto.

                                   AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION

                                   by:                *
                                      -------------------------------------
                                      Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

                                   by:
                                      -------------------------------------
                                      Secretary

by:        *
   -------------------
   Optionee

           *
   -------------------

           *
   -------------------
   Address

* Refer to attached Notice.


                                       8


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                            1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1.  Purpose; Definitions

The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in
attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees and to provide the
Company and its subsidiaries with a stock plan providing incentives more
directly linked to the profitability of the Company businesses and increases in
shareholder value.

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

(a) "Affiliate" means a subsidiary of the Company.

(b) "Award" means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, Restricted Stock,
Performance Unit, Stock Payment or Dividend Equivalent.

(c) "Awardee" means a person granted an Award.

(d) "Award Cycle" shall mean a period of consecutive fiscal years or portions
thereof designated by the Committee over which Performance Units are to be
earned.

(e) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) "Cause" means (1) conviction of a participant for committing a felony under
federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (2)
dishonesty in the course of fulfilling a participant's employment duties or (3)
willful and deliberate failure on the part of a participant to perform his
employment duties in any material respect, or such other events as shall be
determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to
determine whether "Cause" exists, and its determination shall be final.

(g) "Change in Control" and "Change in Control Price" have the meanings set
forth in Sections 10(b) and (c), respectively.

(h) "CEO" means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(i)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
     time, and any successor thereto. References to Sections of the Code shall
     be deemed to include any successors to such Sections.

(j) "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
agency.

(k) "Committee" means the Committee referred to in Section 2.

(l) "Common Stock" means common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the
Company, as presently constituted and any equity security of the Company issued
or authorized to be issued in the future.

                                       1
<PAGE>

(m) "Company" means Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(n) "COO" means the Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

(o) "Covered Employee" means a participant designated prior to the grant of
shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Units by the Committee who is or may
be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in
the year in which Restricted Stock or Performance Units are expected to be
taxable to such participant.

(p) "Disability" means permanent and total disability as determined under
procedures established by the Committee for purposes of the Plan.

(q) "Dividend Equivalent" means an Award made pursuant to Section 9.

(r) "Early Retirement" means retirement from active employment with the Company,
or an Affiliate pursuant to the early retirement provisions of the applicable
pension plan of such employer or as otherwise determined by the Committee.

(s) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time, and any successor thereto.

(t) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between the
highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York
Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other
national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or on NASDAQ.
If there is no regular public trading market for such Common Stock, the Fair
Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good
faith.

(u) "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who qualifies as a
Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by the
Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the
Commission.

(v) "Non-qualified Stock Option" means a Stock Option, which is not an incentive
stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

(w) "Normal Retirement" means retirement from active employment with the
Company, or an Affiliate at or after age 65.

(x) "Optionee" means an individual granted a Stock Option under this Plan.

(y) "Qualified Performance-Based Award" means an Award of Stock Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Performance Units designated as such by
the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (i) the
recipient is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section
162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the Company would expect to be able
to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Stock Options, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Restricted Stock or Performance Units and (ii) the Committee wishes such
Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, no Award shall be considered a Qualified
Performance-Based Award unless it is granted subject to or after obtaining
shareholder approval satisfying the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C)(ii) of
the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.


                                       2
<PAGE>

(z) "Performance Goals" means the performance goals established by the Committee
in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units. In the
case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the
attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures:
earnings per share, sales, net income, net income after tax, gross income,
operating income, cash generation, economic value added, unit volume, return on
equity, change in working capital, return on capital or shareholder return, and
(ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period
prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations.

(aa) "Performance Units" means an award made pursuant to Section 8.

(bb) "Plan" means the Avery Dennison Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as set
forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

(cc) "Restricted Stock" means an award granted under Section 7.

(dd) "Retirement" means Normal or Early Retirement.

(ee) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

(ff) "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Company.

(gg) "Section 162(m) Exemption" means the exemption from the limitation on
deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section
162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

(hh) "Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted under Section 6.

(ii) "Stock Option" means an option granted under Section 5.

(jj) "Stock Payments" means (a) a payment in the form of shares of Common Stock,
or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Common Stock, as part of a
deferred compensation arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the
compensation, including without limitation, salary, bonuses and commissions,
that would otherwise become payable to an employee in cash.

(kk) "Termination of Employment" means the termination of the participant's
employment with the Company or an Affiliate. A participant employed by an
Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the
Affiliate ceases to be a subsidiary, as the case may be, and the participant
does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or an
Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or
leave of absence and transfers among the Company and Affiliates shall not be
considered Terminations of Employment. The Committee, in its absolute
discretion, shall determine the effect of all other matters and questions
relating to Termination of Employment.

In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in
the first place in which they are used.


                                       3
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.  Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Executive Personnel
Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to
time designate (the "Committee"), which shall be composed of not less than two
Non-Employee Directors, each of whom shall be an "outside director" for purposes
of Section 162(m)(4) of the Code, and shall be appointed by and serve at the
pleasure of the Board.

The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms
of the Plan to officers and employees of the Company and its Affiliates.

Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms
of the Plan:

(a) To select the officers and employees to whom Awards may from time to time be
granted;

(b) To determine whether and to what extent Stock Options, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Restricted Stock, Performance Units, Stock Payments or Dividend
Equivalents or any combination thereof are to be granted hereunder;

(c) To determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each
Award granted hereunder;

(d) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder
(including, but not limited to, the option price (subject to Section 5(a)), any
vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may be related to the
performance of the participant, the Company or any Affiliate) and any vesting
acceleration or forfeiture waiver regarding any Award and the shares of Common
Stock relating thereto, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;

(e) To modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any
time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance Goals;
provided, however, that the Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable
with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the
Performance Goals associated therewith;

(f) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Common Stock and
other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and

(g) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or
Common Stock under Sections 5(j), 6(b)(ii), 8(b)(v) and 9.

The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such
administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall
from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the
Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto)
and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then in office, except
that the members thereof may delegate to (i) the CEO the authority to make
decisions pursuant to, and interpretations of, the Plan (provided that no such
delegation may be made that would cause Awards or other transactions under the
Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or cease to be
Qualified Performance-Based Awards), including, but not limited to, the
authority to make grants of Stock Options and other Awards with respect to any
employee who is not an "officer" of the Company (within the meaning of Rule
16a-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended), subject to any
limitations the Committee may impose, and (ii) the CEO or Secretary, or both, or
any or all of the administrative


                                       4
<PAGE>

duties and authority of the Committee under the Plan, other than the authority
to make grants or awards under the Plan except as set forth above.

Any determination made by the Committee or pursuant to delegated authority
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made
in the sole discretion of the Committee or such delegate at the time of the
grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan,
at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or any appropriately
delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and
binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.

Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board,
except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause
any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the
short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or
cause an award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify
for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption. To the extent
that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the
Committee, the Board action shall control.

SECTION 3.  Common Stock Subject to Plan

The total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for grant
under the Plan during each calendar year shall be 1.75 percent of the number of
outstanding shares on the first day of each calendar year. Shares subject to an
Award under the Plan may be treasury shares held by the Company or treasury
shares that have been transferred to and that are held in a grantor trust of the
Company (including, without limitation, the Employee Stock Benefit Trust).

If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, or if any Stock Option (and
related Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates, expires or is canceled
without being exercised, or if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for
cash, shares subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in
connection with Awards under the Plan.

In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split
(whether or not effected in the form of a dividend), or a corporate transaction,
such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other
distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or
not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368
of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the
Committee or Board shall make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate
number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number,
kind and option price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock
Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to other
outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable
substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its
discretion with the intent that, after such substitution or adjustments, the
value of each Optionee's and each Awardee's interest shall be maintained as
before the occurrence of such event; provided, however, that the number of
shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted option
price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the
exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.


                                       5
<PAGE>

SECTION 4.  Eligibility

Directors, officers and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and
Affiliates who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and
profitability of the business of the Company, and its Affiliates are eligible to
be granted Awards under the Plan.

SECTION 5.  Stock Options

The Committee shall have the authority to grant Stock Options to any eligible
individual, either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan,
in such form and subject to such conditions as the Committee may determine (and
which may differ for separate Stock Options). Such terms and conditions may
include, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of the shares
of Common Stock received upon exercise of Stock Options. All Stock Options
granted hereunder shall be Non-qualified Stock Options.

The grant of a Stock Option shall be considered to occur on the date the
Committee by resolution selects an individual participant to receive such grant,
determines the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock
Option, and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. Upon grant
of a Stock Option, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary to issue an option
agreement evidencing such option, and to deliver such option agreement to the
Optionee. Such agreement shall become effective upon execution by the Company
and the Optionee.

Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and
conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the
Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Option Price. The option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a
Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the option
agreement.

(b) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee.

(c) Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be
exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as
shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock
Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive
or modify such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on
such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at
any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option or extend the period
during which it may be exercised (but not beyond the expiration of the term
thereof).

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Stock
Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the option
term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number
of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option to be purchased.

Except as specified below, such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full
of the option price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the
Company may accept. Payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of
unrestricted Common Stock already owned by the Optionee of the same class as the
Common Stock subject to the Stock Option (based on the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised); provided, however, that
such already owned shares have been held by the Optionee for at least six months
at the time of exercise. The Committee may also permit a delay in payment of all
or a portion of the option price for up to 30 days, on such terms and conditions
as it may specify.


                                       6
<PAGE>

Payment of the option price for any shares subject to a Stock Option may also be
made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together
with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to
deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to
pay the option price, and, if requested, by the amount of any federal, state,
local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may
enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage
firms.

In addition, payment of the option price for any shares subject to a Stock
Option may also be made by instructing the Company to withhold a number of such
shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate
exercise price of such Stock Option plus any amounts required to be withheld
pursuant to Section 13(d).

No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been
made. On exercise of a Stock Option, delivery of Common Stock may be made by
delivery of Common Stock certificates or through a book-entry system (such as a
direct registration system). Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(l) below
and in the terms and conditions of the relevant Stock Option as determined by
the Committee, an Optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the
Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to such
Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the
right to receive dividends), when the Optionee has given written notice of
exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested, has given the
representation described in Section 13(a).

(e) Nontransferability of Stock Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable
by the Optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution or (ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under the applicable
option agreement including, if so permitted, pursuant to a gift to such
Optionee's family, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or
partnership or otherwise. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the
terms of this Plan, only by the Optionee, the guardian or legal representative
of the Optionee, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to
the preceding sentence, it being understood that the term "holder" and
"Optionee" include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee.

(f) Termination by Death. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an
Optionee's employment terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by
such Optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on
such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of 12 months
(or such other period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from
the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock
Option, whichever period is the shorter.

(g) Termination by Reason of Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an Optionee's employment terminates by reason of Disability, any
Stock Option held by such Optionee may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee,
to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such
accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years
(or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement)
from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided,
however, that if the Optionee dies within such period, any unexercised Stock
Option held by such Optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such
period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at
the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until
the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the
shorter.

(h) Termination by Reason of Retirement. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an Optionee's employment terminates by reason of Retirement, any
Stock Option held by such Optionee


                                       7
<PAGE>

may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at
the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may
determine, as follows: (i) if the Optionee is, immediately before such
Retirement, the CEO or the COO, for the period ending upon the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option; (ii) if the Optionee is, immediately before
such Retirement, a participant in the Company's Long Term Incentive Program or
any successor thereto, other than the CEO or the COO, for the period ending on
the earlier of the fifth anniversary of such Retirement or the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option; and (iii) in all other cases, for a period
ending on the earlier of the third anniversary of such Retirement or the
expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option; provided, however, that if
the Optionee dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such
Optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be
exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a
period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.

(i) Other Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee: (A) if an
Optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Stock Options held by
such Optionee shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if an Optionee incurs a
Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability or
Retirement or for Cause, any Stock Option held by such Optionee, to the extent
then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine,
may be exercised for the lesser of 6 months from the date of such Termination of
Employment or the balance of such Stock Option's term; provided, however, that
if the Optionee dies within such six-month period, any unexercised Stock Option
held by such Optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month
period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at
the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until
the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the
shorter.

(j) Cashing Out of Stock Option. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the
Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of
Common Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the Optionee
an amount, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock over the option price times the number of shares of Common
Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such
cash-out.

(k) Change in Control Cash-Out. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise
Period"), unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant,
an Optionee shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully
exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the exercise price for the shares of
Common Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the
Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the
Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice,
in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share
of Common Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per
share of Common Stock under the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the
number of shares of Common Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the
right granted under this Section 5(k) shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 5(k) would make a
Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting
under APB No. 16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be
eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to
substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Common Stock with a Fair
Market Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder.

(l) Deferral of Option Shares. The Committee may from time to time establish
procedures pursuant to which an Optionee may elect to defer, until a time or
times later than the exercise of an Option, receipt of all or a portion of the
Shares subject to such Option and/or to receive cash at such later time or times
in


                                       8
<PAGE>

lieu of such deferred Shares, all on such terms and conditions as the Committee
shall determine. If any such deferrals are permitted, then notwithstanding
Section 5(d) above, an Optionee who elects such deferral shall not have any
rights as a stockholder with respect to such deferred Shares unless and until
Shares are actually delivered to the Optionee with respect thereto, except to
the extent otherwise determined by the Committee.

SECTION 6.  Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) Grant and Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction
with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan, either at or after
the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall
terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the
related Stock Option.

A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an Optionee in accordance with
Section 6(b) by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option
in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise
and surrender, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in
the manner prescribed in Section 6(b). Stock Options which have been so
surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock
Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(b) Terms and Conditions. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such
terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the
following:

     (i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or
     times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are
     exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section
     6.

     (ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an Optionee shall be
     entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Common Stock or both, in
     value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common
     Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Stock Option
     multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock
     Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the
     right to determine the form of payment.

     (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to permitted
     transferees of the underlying Stock Option in accordance with Section 5(e).

     (iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option or
     part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be
     deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth
     in Section 3 on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the
     Plan, but only to the extent of the number of shares covered by the Stock
     Appreciation Right at the time of exercise based on the value of the Stock
     Appreciation Right at such time.

SECTION 7.  Restricted Stock

(a) Administration. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in
addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine
the officers and employees to whom and the time or times at which grants of
Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any
participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual participants
set forth in Section 3), the conditions for vesting, the time or times within
which such Awards may be subject to


                                       9
<PAGE>

forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to
those contained in Section 7(c).

(b) Awards and Certificates. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in
such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry
registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate
issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name
of such participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms,
conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the
following form:

     "The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock
     represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including
     forfeiture) of the Avery Dennison Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and
     a Restricted Stock Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file
     at the offices of Avery Dennison Corporation, 150 North Orange Grove
     Boulevard, Pasadena, CA 91103."

The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held
in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and
that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the participant shall
have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock
covered by such Award.

(c) Terms and Conditions. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:

     (i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an Award
     of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, in which event
     it shall condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted
     Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Committee does not
     designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based
     Award, it may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the
     attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether an Award of
     Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may
     also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of
     the participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other
     provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any
     applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each
     recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion,
     accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing
     restrictions; provided, however, that in the case of Restricted Stock that
     is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the applicable Performance Goals
     have been satisfied.

     (ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock
     Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set
     by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such
     participant's continued service is required (the "Restriction Period"), and
     until the later of (i) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (ii)
     the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the
     participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or
     otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock; provided that the foregoing
     shall not prevent a participant from pledging Restricted Stock as security
     for a loan, the sole purpose of which is to provide funds to pay the option
     price for Stock Options.

     (iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i) and
     7(c)(ii) and the Restricted Stock Agreement, the participant shall have,
     with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a
     stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that
     is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right
     to vote the


                                       10
<PAGE>

     shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the
     Committee in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to
     Section 13(e) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of
     Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be
     automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held
     subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject
     to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends, and (B)
     dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted
     Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was
     paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or
     held subject to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends.

     (iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted
     Stock Agreement and Sections 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) and 10(a)(ii), upon
     a participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the
     Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are
     satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by
     the participant.

     (v) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(ii), in the
     event that a participant retires or such participant's employment is
     involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause), the Committee shall have
     the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining
     restrictions (other than, in the case of Restricted Stock with respect to
     which a participant is a Covered Employee, satisfaction of the applicable
     Performance Goals unless the participant's employment is terminated by
     reason of death or Disability) with respect to any or all of such
     participant's shares of Restricted Stock.

     (vi) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the
     Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted
     Stock, unlegended certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the
     participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.

     (vii) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a
     Restricted Stock Agreement.

SECTION 8.  Performance Units

(a) Administration. Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition
to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the
officers and employees to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units
shall be awarded, the number of Performance Units to be awarded to any
participant (subject to the aggregate limit on grants to individual participants
set forth in Section 3), the duration of the Award Cycle and any other terms and
conditions of the Award, in addition to those contained in Section 8(b).

(b) Terms and Conditions. Performance Units Awards shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:

     (i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the grant, designate
     Performance Units as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, in which event it
     shall condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance
     Goals. If the Committee does not designate Performance Units as
     Performance-Based Awards, it may also condition the settlement thereof upon
     the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether Performance
     Units are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, the Committee may also
     condition the settlement thereof upon the continued service of the
     participant. The provisions of such Awards (including without


                                       11
<PAGE>

     limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with
     respect to each recipient. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the
     Performance Units Agreement referred to in Section 8(b)(vi), Performance
     Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise
     encumbered during the Award Cycle.

     (ii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Performance
     Unit Agreement and Sections 8(b)(iii) and 10(a)(iii), upon a participant's
     Termination of Employment for any reason during the Award Cycle or before
     any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all rights to receive cash
     or stock in settlement of the Performance Units shall be forfeited by the
     participant.

     (iii) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 10(a)(iii), in the
     event that a participant's employment is terminated (other than for Cause),
     or in the event a participant retires, the Committee shall have the
     discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment
     limitations (other than, in the case of Performance Units that are
     Qualified Performance-Based Awards, satisfaction of the applicable
     Performance Goals unless the participant's employment is terminated by
     reason of death or Disability) with respect to any or all of such
     participant's Performance Units.

     (iv) A participant may elect to further defer receipt of cash or shares in
     settlement of Performance Units for a specified period or until a specified
     event, subject in each case to the Committee's approval and to such terms
     as are determined by the Committee (the "Elective Deferral Period").
     Subject to any exceptions adopted by the Committee, such election must
     generally be made prior to commencement of the Award Cycle for the
     Performance Units in question.

     (v) At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Committee shall evaluate the
     Company's performance in light of any Performance Goals for such Award, and
     shall determine the number of Performance Units granted to the participant
     which have been earned, and the Committee shall then cause to be delivered
     (A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance
     Units determined by the Committee to have been earned, or (B) cash equal to
     the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock to the
     participant, as the Committee shall elect (subject to any deferral pursuant
     to Section 8(b)(iv)).

     (vi) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a
     Performance Unit Agreement.


SECTION 9.  Stock Payments; Dividend Equivalents

(a) Stock Payments may be granted under this Plan either alone or in conjunction
with any other Award. The number of shares shall be determined by the Committee
and may be based upon the Fair Market Value, book value or other measure of the
value of Common Stock on the date such Stock Payment is made or on any date
thereafter, and subject to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may
determine.

Dividend Equivalents may be granted under this Plan either alone or in
conjunction with any other Award. Dividend Equivalents shall represent the right
to receive cash payments, shares of Common


                                       12
<PAGE>

Stock, or a combination thereof, having a value equal to the dividends declared
on Common Stock during a specified period, and subject to such other terms and
conditions as the Committee shall determine.

SECTION 10.  Change in Control Provisions

(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:

     (i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the
     date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which are
     not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested
     to the full extent of the original grant.

     (ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted
     Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all
     restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of
     the original grant.

     (iii) All Performance Units shall be considered to be earned and payable in
     full, and any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such
     Performance Units shall be settled in cash as promptly as is practicable.

     (iv) Any restrictions or deferral or forfeiture limitations applicable to
     any Dividend Equivalents shall lapse.

(b) Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in
Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

     (i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning
     of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of
     beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under
     the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares
     of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or
     (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of
     the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
     "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the
     following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
     acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the
     security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company,
     (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee
     benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or
     any corporation controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition by any
     corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2)
     and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 9(b); or

     (ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals
     who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board
     shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Board") cease for any
     reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however,
     for purposes of this Section 9(b), that any individual who becomes a member
     of the Board subsequent to the effective date of the Plan, whose election,
     or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a
     vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the
     Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be
     such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such
     individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided further,
     that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a
     result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms


                                       13
<PAGE>

     are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
     Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by
     or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as
     a member of the Incumbent Board; or

     (iii) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization,
     merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or
     substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate Transaction")
     or, if consummation of such Corporate Transaction is subject, at the time
     of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or
     governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
     implicitly by consummation); excluding however, such a Corporate
     Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the
     individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of
     the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting
     Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will
     beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively,
     the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of
     the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting
     from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a
     corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all
     or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one
     or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their
     ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the
     Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities,
     as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee
     benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
     resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly
     or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of
     common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction
     or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such
     corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except
     to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate
     Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
     will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of
     directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

     (iv) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete
     liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(c)  Change in Control Price. For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control
     Price" means the higher of

     (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common
     Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
     Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed or on
     NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change
     in Control, or

     (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer
     or a Corporate Transaction, the highest price per share of Common Stock
     paid in such tender or exchange offer or Corporate Transaction. To the
     extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above
     consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the
     value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined
     in the sole discretion of the Board.


                                       14
<PAGE>

SECTION 11.  Term, Amendment and Termination

The Plan will continue in existence until it is terminated by the Board. Under
the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired
by the termination of the Plan.

The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment,
alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an
Optionee under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right,
Restricted Stock Award or Performance Unit Award theretofore granted without the
Optionee's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment made to cause the
Plan to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3. In addition, no such
amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company's shareholders to
the extent such approval is required by law, rule or agreement.

The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore
granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall cause a
Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m)
Exemption or impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent except
such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to qualify for any exemption
provided by Rule 16b-3.

Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the
Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as
other developments, and to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment
under such rules without stockholder approval.

SECTION 12.  Unfunded Status of Plan

It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for
incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of
trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to
deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that unless the
Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other
arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.

SECTION 13.  General Provisions

(a) The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares
pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that
such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof.
The certificates for such shares may include any legend which the Committee
deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant
thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment
of all of the following conditions:

     (1) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares
     on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities exchange as
     may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock;


                                       15
<PAGE>

     (2) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company
     under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect
     of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall,
     in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or
     advisable; and

     (3) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or
     federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute
     discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary
     or advisable.

(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary or
Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its
employees.

(c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to
continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any
time.

(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the
gross income of the participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to
any Award under the Plan, the participant shall pay to the Company, or make
arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal,
state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with
respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding
obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is
part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The
obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment
or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent
permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment
otherwise due to the participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as
it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement
of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

(e) Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any
dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock
are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then
outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).

(f) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a
participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event
of the participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the
participant, after the participant's death, may be exercised.

(g) In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a an Affiliate of the
Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the
shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the Affiliate, for such
lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or
understanding that the Affiliate will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the
employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

(h) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(i) At the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time thereafter, the
Committee may grant to the participant receiving such Award the right to receive
a cash payment in an amount specified by the Committee, to be paid at such time
or times (if ever) as the Award results in compensation income to the


                                       16
<PAGE>

participant, for the purpose of assisting the participant to pay the resulting
taxes, all as determined by the Committee and on such other terms and conditions
as the Committee shall determine.

(j) The Committee may, in its discretion, extend one or more loans to
participants in connection with the exercise or vesting of, or receipt of
payments or other property pursuant to, Awards under this Plan, on such terms
and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

SECTION 14.  Director Stock Options

(a) After all of the available shares in the Company's 1988 Stock Option Plan
for Non-Employee Directors have been exhausted, each director of the Company who
is not otherwise an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, shall, on the first
Tuesday following his or her first election as a director of the Company, be
granted a Stock Option for 5,000 shares, and thereafter on the day of the
regular meeting of the Board when employee directors and other Company employees
receive annual stock option grants, each non-employee director shall
automatically receive a Stock Option for 2,000 shares. Each such Stock Option
shall have an exercise price equal to Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at
the date of grant of such Stock Option.

(b) An automatic director Stock Option shall be granted hereunder only if as of
each date of grant the director (i) is not otherwise an employee of the Company
or an Affiliate, and (ii) has served on the Board continuously since the
commencement of his term.

(c) Each holder of a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 14 shall also
have the rights specified in Section 5(k).

(d) In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock available for future
grant under the Plan is insufficient to make all automatic grants required to be
made on such date, then all non-employee directors entitled to a grant on such
date shall share ratably in the number of options on shares available for grant
under the Plan.

(e) Except as expressly provided in this Section 14, any Stock Option granted
hereunder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan as if the
grant were made pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

SECTION 15.  Effective Date of Plan

The Plan shall be effective as of December 5, 1996. The Plan is amended and
restated as of December 2, 1999.


                                       17


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.21.1

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                            1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT, dated December 2, 1999, is made by and between Avery Dennison
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as the "Company,"
and *, an employee of Company or a Subsidiary of Company, hereinafter referred
to as "Employee" or "Optionee."

WHEREAS, Company wishes to afford Employee the opportunity to purchase shares of
its $1.00 par value common stock under the terms of the Avery Dennison
Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive Plan.

WHEREAS, the Compensation and Executive Personnel Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to as the "Committee"), appointed to
administer said Plan, has determined that it would be to the advantage and best
interest of Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein
to Employee as an inducement to remain in the service of Company or its
Subsidiaries and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service;

WHEREAS, the Committee has advised the Company of its determination and
instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option, which is a
Non-Qualified Stock Option, as authorized under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, Company and Employee do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
- ---------

DEFINITIONS
- -----------

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement they shall have the
meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
Terms not defined herein shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless
the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

1.1  Beneficiary
     -----------

     "Beneficiary" shall mean a person properly designated by the Employee,
     including his/her spouse or heirs at law, to exercise such Employee's
     rights under the Plan. Designation, revocation and redesignation of
     Beneficiaries must be made in writing in accordance with rules established
     by the Committee and shall be effective upon delivery to the Committee.

1.2  Change of Control
     -----------------

     "Change of Control" shall have the meaning as set forth in the Plan.

1.3  Option
     ------

     "Option" shall mean the option to purchase common stock of the Company
     granted under this Agreement pursuant to the Plan.
__________________________

* Refer to attached Notice


                                       1

<PAGE>

1.4  Plan
     ----

     The "Plan" shall mean the Avery Dennison Corporation 1996 Stock Incentive
     Plan.

1.5  Pronouns
     --------

     The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the
     singular and plural, where the context so indicates.

1.6  Secretary
     ---------

     "Secretary" shall mean the Secretary of the Company.

1.7  Subsidiary
     ----------

     "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of
     corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other
     than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock possessing
     50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
     stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

1.8  Termination of Employment
     -------------------------

     "Termination of Employment" means the termination of the participant's
     employment with the Company or an Affiliate. A participant employed by an
     Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the
     Affiliate ceases to be a subsidiary, as the case may be, and the
     participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the
     Company or an Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of
     illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and
     Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment. The
     Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all
     other matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment.

ARTICLE II
- ----------

GRANT OF OPTION
- ---------------

2.1  Grant of Option
     ---------------

     In consideration of Employee's agreement to remain in the employ of Company
     or its Subsidiaries and for other good and valuable consideration, on the
     date hereof the Company irrevocably grants to Employee the Option to
     purchase any part or all of an aggregate of * shares of its $1.00 par value
     common stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
     Such Option is granted pursuant to the Plan and shall also be subject to
     the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

2.2  Purchase Price
     --------------

     The purchase price of the shares of stock covered by the Option shall be
     Fifty-Nine and 1563/10000 dollars ($59.1563) per share without commission
     or other charge.


                                       2
<PAGE>

2.3  Consideration to Company
     ------------------------

     In consideration of the granting of this Option by the Company, the
     Employee agrees to render faithful and efficient service to the Company or
     a Subsidiary, with such duties and responsibilities as the Company shall
     from time to time prescribe, for a period of at least one (1) year from the
     date this Option is granted. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall
     confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company
     or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights
     of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which are hereby expressly reserved,
     to discharge the Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or
     without good cause. Nor shall it interfere with or restrict in any way,
     other than the forfeiture of all rights under this Agreement, the right of
     the Employee voluntarily to terminate his employment with the Company or a
     Subsidiary.

ARTICLE III
- -----------

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
- ------------------------

3.1  Commencement of Exercisability
     ------------------------------

     (a)  The Option will vest (become available for exercise) nine years and
          nine months from the date the Option was granted. However, if certain
          conditions are met, the Option will become eligible for accelerated or
          early vesting three years from the date the Option was granted or on
          subsequent anniversary dates thereafter.

          Such early vesting will occur provided that the Company's return on
          total capital as reported in the annual report to shareholders (or
          other report) for the most recently completed fiscal year equals or
          exceeds the return on total capital of the median company among the
          peer group (as listed in the Company's proxy statement) for that year
          (for example, the performance test for accelerated vesting for options
          granted in 1999 will be based on the return on total capital for
          2002).

          To facilitate the peer group performance comparison needed to
          determine whether option vesting is accelerated, the figures for peer
          group companies' return on total capital will be based upon the
          twelve-month performance for each company, in the peer group closest
          to the Company's fiscal year end, using the most recent publicly
          available financial information for such companies.

          If the Company meets the performance test described above, all prior
          non-vested Options eligible for accelerated vesting will become
          available for exercise as soon as possible following the Committee's
          certifications of the Company's performance and the performance of the
          median company among the peer group.

          If the Company fails to meet the performance test described above, all
          prior non-vested Options eligible for early vesting will be subject to
          a similar performance test following the end of the next fiscal year.
          The test for early vesting of Options will continue to "roll" in the
          manner described above until the Company passes the performance test,
          or until nine years and nine months have elapsed from the date of
          grant.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     (b)  No portion of the Option which is an unexercisable installment under
          Subsection (a) above at Termination of Employment shall thereafter
          become exercisable, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in
          accordance with the terms of the Plan.

     (c)  Notwithstanding Subsections 3.1(a) and 3.1(b) above, upon a Change of
          Control, all Option installments not yet exercisable shall become
          immediately exercisable.

3.2  Term of Option
     --------------

          The Option will expire and will not be exercisable after the tenth
          (10th) anniversary of the date the Option was granted. Such date shall
          be the Option's Expiration Date.

3.3  Exercise of Option after Termination of Employment
     --------------------------------------------------

     This Option is exercisable by the Employee only while he is employed by the
     Company or a Subsidiary, subject to the following exceptions:

     (a)  If the Employee dies while the Option, or any portion thereof, is
          exercisable under the terms of this Agreement, the Employee's
          Beneficiary may exercise such rights, subject to the limitation in
          Subsection 3.1(b). The Option must be exercised within twelve (12)
          months after the Employee's death, and the Committee may in its
          discretion extend the Expiration Date of the Option to accommodate
          such exercise.

     (b)  If the Employee's employment is terminated due to his permanent and
          total disability, as defined in Section 22(c)(3) of the Code, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitation in
          Subsection 3.1(b), within thirty-six (36) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

     (c)  If the Employee's employment is terminated due to his retirement, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitation of
          Subsection 3.1(b), within sixty (60) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

     (d)  If the Employee's employment is terminated other than for good cause
          or the reasons set forth in Subsections (a) through (c) above, the
          Employee may exercise the Option, subject to the limitations of
          Subsection 3.1(b), within six (6) months after Termination of
          Employment, but not later than the Option's Expiration Date.

ARTICLE IV
- ----------

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS
- -------------------

4.1  Partial Exercise
     ----------------

     Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly
     exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the
     time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section
     3.2. Each partial exercise shall be for not less than twenty-five (25)
     shares (or a smaller number, if it is the maximum number which may be
     exercised under Section 3.1), and shall be for whole shares only.


                                       4
<PAGE>

4.2  Manner of Exercise
     ------------------

     The Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by
     delivery to the Secretary or his office of all of the following:

     (a)  A written exercise notice, complying with the applicable rules
          established by the Committee, stating that the Option or portion is
          thereby exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Employee or the
          other person then entitled to exercise the Option; and

     (b)  Full payment for the shares with respect to which the Option or
          portion thereof is exercised. Payment may be made by any one of the
          following methods:

          (i) in cash (or by certified or bank cashier's check), or

          (ii) by actual or constructive delivery to the Company, in accordance
          with the procedures established by the Company, of Company Common
          Stock then owned by the Employee with a fair market value on the date
          the Option is exercised equal to the aggregate exercise purchase price
          of the shares with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is
          exercised; or

          (iii) by a combination of cash and surrender of stock in the manner
          herein specified; or

          (iv) irrevocable instructions to a broker, acceptable to the Company,
          to delivery promptly to the Company the amount of the sale or the loan
          proceeds necessary to pay the option price; or

          (v) by instructing the Company to withhold a number of such shares
          having a Fair Market Value on the date of the exercise equal to the
          aggregate exercise price of such Option; and

     (c)  Full payment to the Company of any federal, state or local taxes
          required to be withheld in connection with the exercise, which payment
          may be made in cash (or by certified or bank cashier's check) or by
          actual or constructive delivery and surrender to the Company in
          accordance with procedures established by the Company, of Company
          Common Stock then owned by the Employee with a Fair Market Value on
          the date the Option is exercised equal to the total of such taxes due
          in connection with the exercise, or by a combination of cash and
          surrender of stock in the manner herein specified; and

     (d)  In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised by any
          person or persons other than the Employee, appropriate proof of the
          right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

4.3      Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates
         --------------------------------------------

     The  shares of stock deliverable, either in the form of Common Stock
     certificates or as evidenced in a book-entry system (such as in a direct
     registration system), upon the exercise of the Option, or any part thereof,
     may be previously authorized but unissued shares, issued shares which have
     then been reacquired by the Company, or shares held by a grantor trust
     (such as the Employee Stock Benefit Trust). Such shares shall be fully paid
     and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver
     any certificate or certificates, or to provide instructions for book
     entries, for shares


                                       5
<PAGE>


     of stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or part thereof prior to
     fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

     (a)  The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on
          which such class of stock is then listed;

     (b)  The completion of any registration or other qualification of
 such
          shares under any state or federal law, or under rulings or regulations
          of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental
          regulatory body which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion,
          deem necessary or advisable;

     (c)  The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or
          federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute
          discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

     (d)  The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of
          the Option as the Committee may from time to time establish for
          reasons of administrative convenience; and

     (e)  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the receipt by the Company of full
          payment for such shares.

4.4  Rights as Shareholders
     ----------------------

     The holder of the Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or
     privileges of, a shareholder of the Company in respect of any shares
     purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until
     certificates, or book entries, representing such shares shall have been
     issued or made by the Company, or the Company's transfer agent, to such
     holder.

ARTICLE V
- ---------

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1  Option Subject to Plan
     ----------------------

     The Option is subject to the terms of the Plan, and in the event of any
     inconsistency between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

5.2  Administration
     --------------

     The Committee shall have the power to interpret the terms and provisions of
     the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration,
     interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and
     to interpret, alter or repeal any such rules.

5.3  Option Not Transferable
     -----------------------

     Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof may be
     sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or
     by the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The Option shall be
     exercised during the Employee's lifetime only by the Employee, or his
     guardian or legal representative.

                                       6
<PAGE>

5.4  Notices
     -------

     Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company
     shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary and any notice
     to be given to the Employee shall be addressed to Him at the address given
     beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section,
     either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be
     given to him. Any notice which is required to be given to Employee shall,
     if Employee is then deceased, be given to Employee's personal
     representative if such representative has previously informed the Company
     of his status and address by written notice under this Section. Any notice
     shall have been deemed duly given when hand delivered to the Secretary (or
     his designate), faxed with a receipt of confirmed delivery, given to a
     major courier service, such as DHL or Federal Express, or enclosed in a
     properly sealed envelope or wrapper addressed as aforesaid, deposited (with
     postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly
     maintained by the United States Postal Service.

5.5  Titles
     ------

     Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a
     basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

5.6  Construction
     ------------

     This Agreement and the Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be
     governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
     Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the
parties hereto.

                                        AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION

                                        By:           *
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           Secretary

By:           *
   ------------------------
   Optionee

              *
   ------------------------

              *
   ------------------------
   Address

              *
   ------------------------
   Social Security Number

- --------
* Refer to attached Notice

                                       7


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.27

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                       EXECUTIVE LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


1.   PURPOSE

The purpose of the Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to focus
key executives of Avery Dennison Corporation (the "Company") on factors that
influence the Company's long-term growth and success. The Plan provides a means
whereby Participants are given an opportunity to share financially in the future
value they help to create for the Company and its stockholders.

2.   PARTICIPATION

Participation in the Plan is limited to key executives of the Company who, in
the opinion of the Compensation and Executive Personnel Committee ("Committee")
of the Board of Directors, have the responsibility to influence the Company's
long-range performance materially, and who have been recommended for
participation by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and designated as
Participants by the Committee.

3.   DEFINITIONS

"Achievement Factor" means the percentage to be used in determining a
Participant's deferred cash incentive Award for achieving a specified percentage
of the pre-established Performance Objectives.

"Average Capital" means the numerical average for a given year of ending Capital
for the five most recently completed fiscal quarters, including the last quarter
of that year.

"Average Shareholders' Equity" means the numerical average for a given year of
ending Shareholders' Equity for the five most recently completed fiscal
quarters, including the last quarter of that year.

"Award" refers to a deferred cash incentive earned by a Participant based on the
achievement of Company and, in some cases, Business Unit financial objectives.

"Base Salary" means the annual base salary rate in effect for a Participant as
of the end of a Performance Cycle.

"Business Unit" or "Unit" refers to a group, division or subsidiary of the
Company.

"Business Unit Cumulative Economic Value Added" or "Business Unit CEVA" means
the Cumulative Economic Value Added of a Business Unit as reported in the
Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations, or other similar report.

"Business Unit Net Income" means net income of a Business Unit as reported in
the Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations.

"Business Unit ROTC" means the return on total capital of a Business Unit as
reported in the Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations, or other
similar report.


                                       1
<PAGE>

"Capital" refers to the sum of Shareholders' Equity and Long-Term Debt.

"Cash Flow from Operations" means net cash provided by operating activities as
disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders and quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q.

"Cause" means (i) continued failure by a Participant to perform his or her
duties (except as a direct result of the Participant's incapacity due to
physical or mental illness) after receiving notification by the Chief Executive
Officer or an individual designated by the Chief Executive Officer (or the Board
of Directors in the case of the Chief Executive Officer) identifying the manner
in which the Participant has failed to perform his or her duties, (ii) engaging
in conduct, which, in the opinion of a majority of the Board of Directors, is
materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) conviction of the Participant of
any felony involving moral turpitude.

"Change of Control" means: (A) the acquisition by any individual, entity or
group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (i) the then-outstanding shares of common
stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (ii) the
combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding
Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for purposes of this
subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of
Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by
the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related
trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by
the Company, or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (C) of
this definition; or (B) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the
Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a
director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for
election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a
majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be
considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but
excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of
office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with
respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the
Board; or (C) consummation by the Company of a reorganization, merger or
consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company or the acquisition of assets of another corporation (a
"Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business
Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who
were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the outstanding Company Common
Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such
Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of,
respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined
voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a
corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or
substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more
subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership
immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common
Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no
Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or
such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns,
directly or indirectly, 30% or

                                       2
<PAGE>

more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting
power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to
the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and
(iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the
Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the
action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or (D) approval by
the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the
Company.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Company Cumulative Economic Value Added" or "Company CEVA" means the Cumulative
Economic Value Added of the Company as reported in the Company's internally
prepared Summary of Operations, or other similar report.

"Company ROTC" means the return on total capital of the Company as reported in
the Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations, or other similar
report.

"Committee" refers to the Compensation and Executive Personnel Committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company.

"Cumulative Economic Value Added" or "CEVA" means the Economic Value Added over
a defined period of time (for example, over the Performance Cycle).

"Disability" refers to a physical or mental condition that prevents a
Participant from performing his or her normal duties of employment. If a
Participant makes application for disability benefits under the Company's
long-term disability program and qualifies for such benefits, the Participant
shall be deemed to qualify as totally and permanently disabled under the Plan.

"Discretionary Pool" or "Pool" refers to the sum of cash payments made available
by the Compensation Committee to Participants who have achieved exceptional
performance and to other Company employees who have made significant
contributions to the achievement of Performance Objectives.

"Earnings Per Share" or "EPS" means diluted earnings per share, including
extraordinary gains and losses, divested operations and changes in accounting
principles as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders.

"Economic Value Added" means net operating profit after taxes minus a capital
charge based upon the Company's weighted average cost of capital.

"Effective Date" means January 1, 1998, which is the first day of the initial
Performance Cycle.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles.

"Long-Term Debt" means long-term debt as disclosed in the Company's annual
reports to shareholders and Peer Group companies' annual reports to shareholders
and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, if applicable.

                                       3
<PAGE>

"Net Income" refers to after-tax net income, including extraordinary items,
discontinued operations and changes in accounting principles, as disclosed in
the Company's annual reports to shareholders and Peer Group companies' annual
reports to shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, if applicable.

"Net Sales" means net sales as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

"Participant" means an executive of the Company designated by the Committee to
participate in the Plan.

"Peer Group" refers to a specified group of companies approved by the Committee
against which the financial performance of the Company will be compared for
purposes of the Plan.

"Performance Cycle" or "Cycle" refers to the three-year period over which
performance is measured for purposes of determining cash Awards under the Plan.
The initial Performance Cycle will cover the Company's 1998 through 2000 fiscal
years.

"Performance Objective" means one of the following pre-established performance
objectives for the Company or its Business Units for a Performance Cycle: ROTC,
EPS, ROS, ROE, Net Income, Net Sales, Cash Flow from Operations, Total
Shareholder Return, and Economic Value Added.

"Retirement" means a termination of service in accordance with the retirement
provisions of the Company sponsored tax qualified defined benefit retirement
plan in which a Participant is participating immediately prior to the date of
such termination of service.

"ROE" means the percentage determined by dividing "Net Income" by "Average
Shareholders' Equity."

"ROS" means the percentage determined by dividing Net Income by Net Sales.

"ROTC" means the return on total capital of the Company as reported in the
Company's annual report or other report.

"Service" means continuous and substantially full-time employment with the
Company.

"Shareholders' Equity" means total shareholders' equity, as disclosed in the
Company's annual reports to shareholders and Peer Group companies' annual
reports to shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, if applicable.

"Success Factor Award" refers to the additional deferred cash incentive Award
earned for achieving greater than the Target Performance Objectives established
for a Performance Cycle.

"Success Factor Performance Objective" means one of the pre-established Company
Performance Objectives used to determine the Success Factor Award.

"Target Award" refers to the deferred cash incentive Award earned for achieving
the Target Performance Objectives established for a Performance Cycle.

"Target Performance Objective" means one of the pre-established Performance
Objectives used to determine the Target Award.

                                       4
<PAGE>

"Tax Rate" refers to taxes on income divided by income before taxes on income,
each as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders and Peer Group
companies' annual reports to shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, if
applicable, subject to adjustments to exclude the effect of unusual,
non-recurring items, as described in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders and Peer Group companies' annual reports to shareholders and
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, if applicable.

"Termination of Service" means a termination of Service from the Company for any
reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including death, Retirement and
Disability.

"Total Shareholder Return" means the cumulative shareholder return on the
Company's common stock, including the reinvestment of dividends, as measured by
dividing (i) the sum of (A) the cumulative amount of dividends for the
measurement period, assuming dividend reinvestment, and (B) the difference
between the Company's closing stock price at the end and the beginning of the
measurement period, by (ii) the closing stock price at the beginning of the
measurement period.

"Transfer" means the appointment of a Participant to a new position within the
Company which may either be within the same position classification under the
Plan or in a different position classification under the Plan.

"Weighting Factor" means the percentage of a Participant's Target Award or
Success Factor Award which will be calculated based on the achievement of a
particular Performance Objective.

4.   GENERAL PLAN DESCRIPTION

A.   Overview

Commencing as of the Effective Date, the Plan provides for each Participant the
opportunity to earn a deferred cash incentive Award based on the financial
performance of the Company and, in some cases, its Business Units. Within 90
days of the commencement of each cycle, the Committee will establish (and the
Committee has established for the 1998-2000 cycle) one or more Performance
Objectives.

B.   Deferred Cash Incentive Awards

Each Participant will be provided with the opportunity to earn a deferred cash
incentive Award after the end of a three-year Performance Cycle equal to the
Target Award plus the Success Factor Award. The maximum cash payment to a
participant for a Performance Cycle is $2.2 million.

     (1)  Performance Cycle

The initial Performance Cycle will cover the period beginning with the Company's
1998 fiscal year and ending with the Company's 2000 fiscal year. Subsequent
three-year Performance Cycles will begin every two years, starting with the
Company's 2000 fiscal year.

     (2)  Range of Target and Success Factor Award Opportunities

The deferred cash incentive Target Award opportunity for each Participant during
each Performance Cycle ranges from 30% to 80% of Base Salary depending upon
position classification as illustrated in Table 1 below. The deferred cash
incentive Success Factor Award opportunity for each Participant during each
Performance

                                       5
<PAGE>

Cycle also ranges from 30% to 80%. Classification of Participants into the
categories listed in Table 1 will be recommended by the Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and approved by the Committee.

                                     Table 1
                       Deferred Cash Incentive Award Range
                           By Position Classification

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Total Award           Target Award       Success Factor
                                                            Range as %            as % of         Award as % of
Category                 Position Classification         of Base Salary         Base Salary        Base Salary
- --------                 -----------------------         --------------         -----------        -----------
<S>                     <C>                                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>
   1                    Senior Executive Officers           0% - 160%              80%                 80%
   1                    Corporate & Staff Officers          0% - 120%            30% - 60%          30% - 60%
   2                    Division VP/GM's and Officers       0% - 90%             30% - 45%          30% - 45%
   2                    Group and Sub-Group VP's            0% - 120%            45% - 60%          45% - 60%
</TABLE>

The actual Total Award earned within the above range will depend upon the level
of achievement versus specific Performance Objectives established under the Plan
for each Performance Cycle.

     (3)  Performance Measurement and Calculation of Target Awards

          (a)  Calculation Formula

          Target Awards will be determined based upon the Company's, or in some
          cases, Business Unit's achievement versus pre-established Target
          Performance Objectives. The total Target Award will equal the sum of
          Awards for each Target Performance Objective. The Target Award for
          each Target Performance Objective will equal the product of the Base
          Salary times the Target Award as a percent of Base Salary times the
          Weighting Factor (set forth in (b) and (c) below) times the
          Achievement Factor (set forth in (d) below) for that Target
          Performance Objective.

          The foregoing formula can be expressed as the following mathematical
          equation:

          Total Target Award = [Target Award (Base Salary x Target Award as % of
          Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x Achievement Factor for first Target
          Performance Objective] + [Target Award (Base Salary x Target Award as
          % of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x Achievement Factor for second
          Target Performance Objective] + [Target Award (Base Salary x Target
          Award as % of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x Achievement Factor for
          third Target Performance Objective, if any] + [Target Award (Base
          Salary x Target Award as % of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x
          Achievement Factor for fourth Target Performance Objective, if any].

          (b)  Weighting Factors - Category 1

          For Participants classified in Category 1, Target Awards will be
          determined based upon the Company's achievement versus pre-established
          Company Target Performance Objectives.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          For the initial Performance Cycle, the Company Target Performance
          Objectives will be weighted as follows in determining the Target
          Award:

                 Target Performance Objective       Weighting Factor
                 ----------------------------       ----------------
                         Company ROTC                    33.3%
                          Company EPS                    33.3%
                         Company CEVA                    33.3%

          In subsequent Performance Cycles, the Committee will select one or
          more Performance Objectives and weightings to determine such Target
          Awards.

          (c)  Weighting Factors - Category 2

          For Participants classified in Category 2, deferred cash incentive
          Target Awards will be determined based upon the performance of the
          Participant's Business Unit against pre-established Business Unit
          Target Performance Objectives.

          For the initial Performance Cycle, the Business Unit Target
          Performance Objectives will have the following Weighting Factors:

              Target Performance Objective         Weighting Factor
              ----------------------------         ----------------
                   Business Unit ROTC                   33.3%
                Business Unit Net Income                33.3%
                   Business Unit CEVA                   33.3%

          In subsequent Performance Cycles, the Committee will select one or
          more Performance Objectives and weightings to determine such Target
          Awards.

          (d)  Achievement Factor

          The Achievement Factor for each Target Performance Objective will be
          between a threshold Achievement Factor of 70% (for achieving 80% of
          the Target Performance Objective) and a maximum Achievement Factor of
          100% (for achieving the Target Performance Objective) as illustrated
          in the table below. The Achievement Factors for performance between
          the threshold and 100% Achievement Factors will be linearly
          interpolated.

               % Achievement of Target           Achievement
                Performance Objective              Factor
                ---------------------              ------
                    Less than 80%                     0
                         80%                         70%
                         85%                        77.5%
                         90%                        85.0%
                         95%                        92.5%
                        100%                        100%


                                       7
<PAGE>

          (e) Measurement Process

          For the initial Performance Cycle, the measurement of Company and
          Business Unit Target Performance Objectives will be based upon
          performance during the final year of the Cycle, except for CEVA which
          will be measured at the end of each year of the Cycle and totaled at
          the end of the Cycle. For subsequent Performance Cycles, performance
          measurement may be based upon different criteria (e.g., average
          performance during the Cycle) at the discretion of the Committee.

     (4)  Performance Measurement and Calculation of Success Factor Awards

          (a)  Calculation Formula

          Participants in Category 2 are eligible for a Success Factor Award
          only if the percentage of achievement of each of their Business Unit
          Target Performance Objectives equals or exceeds 80% and only if the
          average of the percentages of achievement of their Business Unit
          Target Performance Objectives equals or exceeds 100%.

          Success Factor Awards will be determined based on the Company's
          achievement versus pre-established Success Factor Performance
          Objectives which exceed the Target Performance Objectives. The total
          Success Factor Award will equal the sum of the Success Factor Awards
          for each Success Factor Performance Objective. The Success Factor
          Award for each Success Factor Performance Objective will equal the
          product of the Base Salary times the Success Factor Award as a percent
          of Base Salary times the Weighting Factor (set forth in (b) below)
          times the Achievement Factor (set forth in (c) below) for that Success
          Factor Performance Objective.

          The foregoing formula can be expressed as the following mathematical
          equation:

          Total Success Factor Award = [Success Factor Award (Base Salary x
          Success Factor Award as % of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x
          Achievement Factor for first Success Factor Performance Objective] +
          [Success Factor Award (Base Salary x Success Factor Award as % of Base
          Salary) x Weighting Factor x Achievement Factor for second Success
          Factor Performance Objective] + [Success Factor Award (Base Salary x
          Success Factor Award as % of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x
          Achievement Factor for third Success Factor Performance Objective, if
          any] + [Success Factor Award (Base Salary x Success Factor Award as %
          of Base Salary) x Weighting Factor x Achievement Factor for fourth
          Success Factor Performance Objective, if any].

          (b) Weighting Factors

          For Participants in both Category 1 and Category 2, Success Factor
          Awards will be determined based upon the Company's achievement versus
          pre-established Company Performance Objectives which exceed the Target
          Performance Objectives.


                                       8
<PAGE>

          For the initial Performance Cycle, the Success Factor Performance
          Objectives will be weighted as follows in determining the Success
          Factor Award:

          Success Factor Performance Objective     Weighting Factor
          ------------------------------------     ----------------
                      Company ROTC                       33.3%
                      Company EPS                        33.3%
                      Company CEVA                       33.3%

          In subsequent Performance Cycles, the Committee will select one or
          more Performance Objectives and weightings to determine such Target
          Awards.

          (c)  Achievement Factor

          At the beginning of each Performance Cycle, the Committee will
          establish two levels of Success Factor Performance Objectives which
          are in excess of the Target Performance Objectives.

          If the Company's performance is between the Target Performance
          Objective and the first level Success Factor Performance Objective,
          then the Achievement Factor for that Success Factor Performance
          Objective will be between 0% and 50%. The Achievement Factor for
          performance between the Target Performance Objective and the first
          level Success Factor Performance Objective will be linearly
          interpolated.

          If the Company's performance is between the first level Success Factor
          Performance Objective and the second level Success Factor Performance
          Objective then the Achievement Factor for that Success Factor
          Performance Objective will be between 50% and 100%. The Achievement
          Factor for performance between the first level Success Factor
          Performance Objective and the second level Success Factor Performance
          Objective will be linearly interpolated.

          (d) Measurement Process

          For the initial Performance Cycle, the measurement of Company Success
          Factor Performance Objectives will be based upon performance during
          the final year of the Performance Cycle, except for Company CEVA which
          will be measured at the end of each year of the Cycle and totaled at
          the end of the Cycle. For subsequent Performance Cycles, performance
          measurement may be based upon different criteria (e.g., average
          performance during the Cycle) at the discretion of the Committee.

     (5)  Discretionary Pool Participation

          A Discretionary Pool will be available for each Performance Cycle to
          provide the opportunity for Participants (other than those
          Participants whose Target Award is 80%) who have achieved exceptional
          performance to earn more than the Target Award plus the Success Factor
          Award, or for individuals who are not selected to be Participants in
          the Plan but who have made significant contributions to the
          achievement of Performance Objectives to earn cash payments. A
          "target" Discretionary Pool will be determined by the Committee prior
          to the beginning of each Performance Cycle. The actual Discretionary
          Pool made available will be determined by the Committee at the end of
          the Performance Cycle and may exceed or fall below the "target" Pool
          based upon the Committee's assessment of (i) overall Company
          performance during the Cycle and (ii) the performance of the
          individual Business Units.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          The actual Discretionary Pool approved by the Committee will be
          allocated among individuals recommended by the Chief Executive Officer
          and approved by the Committee; provided, however, that Participants
          whose Target Award is 80% will not be eligible for participation in
          the Discretionary Pool. No payments will be made from the
          Discretionary Pool unless at least one of the Company threshold Target
          Performance Objectives (i.e., 80% of the Target Performance Objective)
          for the Performance Cycle has been met.

     (6)  Deferral of Bonus

          A Participant may elect to defer receipt of the award under the
          deferred compensation plans offered by the Company, in accordance with
          the terms of such plans.

5.   NEW PARTICIPANTS

New Participants may be added to the Plan at any time at the discretion of the
Committee. The Award opportunity of a new Participant will be prorated for each
Performance Cycle based on the number of months of participation in the Plan
divided by 36. Notwithstanding the above, an individual must participate in the
Plan for at least 12 months during any Performance Cycle to be eligible to
receive a deferred cash incentive Award for that Cycle.

6.   TERMINATION OF SERVICE

If a Participant terminates Service with the Company prior to the end of a
Performance Cycle due to voluntary termination or termination for Cause, the
Participant will not receive any deferred cash incentive Award for that
Performance Cycle.

Upon a Termination of Service during a Performance Cycle due to death or
Disability, a Participant's deferred cash incentive Award opportunity for that
Cycle will be prorated by dividing the number of full months of participation in
the Cycle by thirty-six (36).

If a Participant's Service is terminated involuntarily without Cause prior to
the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Participant will be entitled to
receive the following percentage of his or her earned deferred cash incentive
Award for the Cycle:

            If Termination Occurs Between                % of Earned
             X Months From Start of Cycle             Award to be Paid
            -----------------------------             ----------------
                    0 - 27 Months                             0%
                    27 - 36 Months                         33 1/3%


Upon a Termination of Service due to Retirement prior to the completion of a
Performance Cycle, the Participant will be entitled to receive the following
percentage of his or her earned deferred cash incentive Award for the Cycle:


                                       10
<PAGE>

              If Termination Occurs Between                % of Earned

               X Months From Start of Cycle             Award to be Paid
               ----------------------------             ----------------
                       0 - 3 Months                            0%
                      3 - 12 Months                          33 1/3%
                      12 - 15 Months                           50%
                      15 - 24 Months                         66 2/3%
                      24 - 27 Months                     Prorate to 100%
                      27 - 36 Months                          100%


7.   PAYMENT OF EARNED DEFERRED CASH INCENTIVE

Earned Awards under the Plan (net of any applicable taxes) will be paid in cash
as soon as possible following the determination of Company and Business Unit
performance for the Performance Cycle. Upon the death of a Participant, the
Committee may elect to provide early payment in order to facilitate the
settlement of the Participant's estate.

8.   TRANSFERS

Upon a Transfer prior to the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Participant
will earn his or her deferred cash incentive Award for the Cycle based on his or
her old and/or new positions, as follows:

         If Transfer Occurs Between
        X Months from Start of Cycle        Award Earned in Old/New Position
        ----------------------------        --------------------------------
                0 - 6 Months                      100% in new position
               6 - 30 Months             Prorated between old and new positions
              30 - 36 Months                     100% in old position


9.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION

A.   General Administration

The Committee will administer the Plan, and will interpret the provisions of the
Plan. The interpretation and application of these terms by the Committee shall
be binding and conclusive. The Committee's authority will include, but is not
limited to:

     o    The selection of Participants;

     o    The establishment and modification of performance measures,
          Performance Objectives and weighting of objectives;

     o    The determination of performance results and Awards;

     o    Exceptions to the provisions of the Plan made in good faith and for
          the benefit of the Company.

B.   Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan

The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, whole or in part, at any
time, if, in the sole judgment of the Committee, such action is in the best
interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the

                                       11
<PAGE>

above, any such amendment, suspension or termination must be prospective in that
it may not deprive Participants of that which they otherwise would have received
under the Plan for the current Performance Cycle(s) had the Plan not been
amended, suspended or terminated.

C.   Designation of Beneficiaries

Each Participant shall have the right at any time to designate any person or
persons as beneficiary(ies) to whom any cash payments earned under the Plan
shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to the distribution
of all benefits due the Participant under the Plan. Each beneficiary designation
shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Company during the
Participant's lifetime.

The filing of a new Beneficiary Designation Form will cancel all designations
previously filed. Any finalized divorce or marriage (other than a common law
marriage) of a Participant subsequent to the date of filing of a Beneficiary
Designation Form shall revoke such designation unless:

     o    In the case of divorce, the previous spouse was not designated as
          beneficiary, and

     o    In the case of marriage, the Participant's new spouse had previously
          been designated as beneficiary.

The spouse of a married Participant shall join in any designation of a
beneficiary other than the spouse on a form prescribed by the Committee.

If a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary as provided for above, or if
the beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce or otherwise without
execution of a new designation, then the Committee shall direct the distribution
of Plan benefits to the Participant's estate.

10.  CHANGE OF CONTROL

A. Upon a Change of Control, each Participant shall receive a cash payment equal
to his or her Target Award under the deferred cash incentive portion of the Plan
for each Performance Cycle that begins on or before the date of the Change of
Control and ends after the date of the Change of Control, based on the
Participant's annual base salary rate in effect at the time of the Change of
Control.

B. Following a Change of Control, each Participant shall continue to be entitled
to receive payments under the Plan for each Performance Cycle that begins on or
before the date of the Change of Control and ends after the date of the Change
of Control, as earned in accordance with the terms of the Plan, to the extent
such Participant has not already received such payment for that Performance
Cycle pursuant to paragraph (A) of this Section 10.

11.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A.   Unsecured Status of Claim

Participants and their beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have
no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any specific property or
assets of the Company. No assets of the Company shall be

                                       12
<PAGE>

held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their beneficiaries,
heirs, successors or assigns, or held in any way as collateral security for the
fulfillment of the Company's obligations under the Plan.

Any and all of the Company's assets shall be, and shall remain, the general
unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligations
under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the
Company to pay benefits in the future.

B.   Employment Not Guaranteed

Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken in the administration of the
Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving a Participant
any right to be retained in the Service of the Company.

C.   Right of Offset

If a Participant becomes entitled to a payment under the Plan, and if at such
time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation or other liability
representing any amount owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such
amount against the amount of the payment otherwise due the Participant under the
Plan.

D.       Nonassignability

No person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge,
anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, hypothecate or convey, in advance of
actual receipt, the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan, or any part
thereof, or any interest therein, which are, and all rights to which are,
expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No portion of the
amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure,
attachment, lien or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor
be transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant's or any
other person's bankruptcy or insolvency. Any such transfer or attempted transfer
in violation of the preceding provisions shall be null and void.

E.   Validity

In the event that any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the same shall not effect, in any respect whatsoever, the
validity of any other provision of the Plan.

F.   Withholding-Tax

The Company shall withhold from all benefits due under the Plan an amount
sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.

G.   Applicable Law

The Plan shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

H.   Inurement of Rights and Obligations

The rights and obligations under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and
shall be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the
Participants and their beneficiaries.

                                       13


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.28.1

                               AMENDMENT No. 1 to

                       EXECUTIVE DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLAN
                       ----------------------------------

The Executive Deferred Retirement Plan (the "Plan"), amended and restated as of
December 23, 1994, is hereby amended effective December 1, 1999, as follows:

1.   Article 2 "Definitions and Certain Provisions"

     a.   The definition of "Normal Retirement" shall be restated as follows:

          Normal Retirement. "Normal Retirement" means with respect to any
          -----------------
          Benefit Unit the termination of a Participant's employment with
          Employer for reasons other than death on or after the Participant
          attains age 62 and after completing deferrals of one hundred percent
          (100%) of the Cumulative Deferral Amount for such Benefit Unit,
          excluding deferrals under Options A and B, which are elected as a
          percentage of Bonus.

2.   Section 5.1 "Retirement Benefit"

     a.   The last sentence of the second paragraph is amended to read as
          follows:

          All installment payments will be calculated on an annual basis but
          paid in such intervals as may be determined by the Committee, provided
          that such intervals shall not be less frequent than quarterly;
          interest will be credited monthly and compounded annually.

3.   Section 5.4 "Survivor Benefits"

     a.   The first sentence of Section 5.4(a) is amended to read as follows:

          Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies and has not yet commenced
          --------------
          receiving Retirement Benefit payments with respect to a Benefit Unit,
          a Survivor Benefit will be paid to his Beneficiary in annual
          installments over ten years, except as set forth below.

     b.   The third sentence of Section 5.4(a)(i) is amended to read as follows:

          If the aforementioned lump sum payment is not made, or if the Deferral
          Account for a Beneficiary exceeds $50,000, said Beneficiaries shall
          receive their Survivor Benefits in ten (10) annual installments with
          interest credited after the Participant's death on the unpaid balance
          at a rate to be determined each year by the Company, but in no case
          less than 7% per annum.

     c.   The third sentence of Section 5.4(a)(ii) is amended to read as
          follows:


                                       1
<PAGE>

          If the aforementioned lump sum payment is not made, or if the Deferral
          Account for a Beneficiary exceeds $50,000, said Beneficiaries shall
          receive their Survivor Benefits in ten (10) annual installments with
          interest credited after the Participant's death on the unpaid balance
          at a rate to be determined each year by the Company, but in no case
          less than 7% per annum.

     d.   The first sentence of Section 5.4(b)(ii) is amended to read as
          follows:

          Option B. The Participant's Beneficiary will be entitled to receive a
          Survivor Benefit equal to the Deferral Account balance for the Benefit
          Unit, which will be paid in annual installments over ten years.

     e.   Section 5.4(c) is amended to read follows:

          Large Survivor Benefit. If the aggregate Deferral Account balances
          which are payable to a Beneficiary as a Survivor Benefit for all of
          the Participant's Benefit Units exceed $500,000, the Survivor Benefit
          for each Benefit Unit shall be payable to the Beneficiary over the
          number of years (if more than ten) which the Participant elected for
          payment of his Retirement Benefit.

4.   All other terms and conditions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.

                                       2


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.29

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                     EXECUTIVE Leadership COMPENSATION PLAN

1.   PURPOSE

The purposes of the Executive Leadership Compensation Plan ("ELCP" of the
"Plan") for Avery Dennison Corporation (the "Company") are as follows:

a.   To attract and retain the best possible executive talent;

b.   To permit executives of the Company to share in its profits;

c    To promote the success of the Company; and

d.   To link executive rewards closely to individual and Company performance.


2.   DEFINITIONS

a. Average Shareholders' Equity. "Average Shareholders' Equity" means the
   -------------------
numerical average for a given year of ending Shareholders' Equity for the five
most recently completed fiscal quarters, including the last quarter of that
year.

b. Bonus Maximum. "Bonus Maximum" means 10% of the excess of (i) the Company's
   -------------
Pre-Tax Return on Shareholders' Equity over (ii) the Minimum Threshold times
Average Shareholders' Equity.

c. Cash Flow from Operations. "Cash Flow from Operations" means net cash
   --------------------------
provided by operating activities as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

d. Code. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
   -----
e. Committee. "Committee" means the Compensation and Executive Personnel
   ---------
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

f. Company. "Company" means Avery Dennison Corporation.
   ------
g. Economic Value Added. "Economic Value Added" means operating profit after
   --------------------
taxes on income minus a capital charge based upon the Company's weighted average
cost of capital.

h. ELCP. "ELCP" means the Executive Leadership Compensation Plan of the Company.
   ----

                                       1
<PAGE>

i. EPS. "EPS" means earnings per share, including extraordinary gains and
   ---
losses, divested operations and --- changes in accounting principles as
disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders.

j. Income Before Taxes on Income. "Income Before Taxes on Income" means the
   -----------------------------
income before income taxes as reported in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders.

k. Minimum Threshold. "Minimum Threshold" means a 12% Pre-tax Return on
   -----------------
Shareholders' Equity.

l. MMBP "Middle Management Bonus Plan"
   ----
m. Net Income. "Net Income" means after-tax net income, including extraordinary
   ----------
items, discontinued operations and changes in accounting principles, as
disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders.

n. Net Sales. "Net Sales" means net sales as disclosed in the Company's annual
   ---------
reports to shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

o. Performance Objectives. "Performance Objectives" means one or more
   ----------------------
pre-established performance objectives, including: ROS, ROTC, ROE, EPS, Sales
Growth, Net Income, Net Sales, Cash Flow from Operations, Economic Value Added
and Total Shareholder Return.

p. Participant. "Participant" means any employee of the Company or any of its
   -----------
subsidiaries who has been designated as a participant in the Plan in accordance
with Article 3.

q. Plan. "Plan" means the Executive Leadership Compensation Plan for Avery
   ----
Dennison Corporation.

r. Plan Year. "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.
   ---------
s. Pre-Tax Return On Shareholder's Equity. "Pre-Tax Return On Shareholder's
Equity" means the percentage determined by dividing "Income Before Taxes On
Income" by "Average Shareholders' Equity".

t. ROE. "ROE" means the percentage determined by dividing "Net Income" by
   ---
"Average Shareholders' Equity".

u. ROS. "ROS" means the percentage determined by dividing Net Income by Net
   ---
Sales.

v. ROTC. "ROTC" means the return on total capital of the Company as reported in
   ----
the Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations.

w. Shareholders' Equity. "Shareholders' Equity" means total shareholders' equity
   ------------
as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders and quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q.

x. Target Bonus. "Target Bonus" means with respect to a Participant for any Plan
   ------------
Year the bonus opportunity for the Participant in such Plan Year on account of
services rendered to the Company during the immediately preceding Plan Year. The
Target Bonus is expressed as a percentage of the Participant's base salary in
effect at the end of the Plan Year.

                                       2
<PAGE>

y. Total Shareholder Return. "Total Shareholder Return" means the cumulative
   ------------------------
shareholder return on the Company's common stock, including the reinvestment of
dividends, as measured by dividing (i) the sum of (A) the cumulative amount of
dividends for the measurement period, assuming dividend reinvestment, and (B)
the difference between the Company's closing stock price at the end and the
beginning of the measurement period, by (ii) the closing stock price at the
beginning of the measurement period.

3.   PARTICIPATION

Participation in the Plan is limited to key executives of the Company who have
been designated as Participants by the Chief Executive Officer, Vice President,
Human Resources and the Vice President, Compensation and Benefits. Participants
may include, but are not limited to: Corporate Staff and Division Officers of
the Company; non-officer General Managers with businesses greater than $60
million and key functional Managers.

4.   ANNUAL BONUS OPPORTUNITY

Participants will have the opportunity to earn an annual variable bonus.

a.   Target Bonus

     The Target Bonus for each Participant is established each Plan Year and may
be up to 60% of Base Salary.

b.   Bonus Payout

     i. A Participant's annual bonus payout is based on the Company's and where
     appropriate, business unit performance versus pre-established Performance
     Objectives.

     ii. Within the first 90 days of the beginning of each Plan Year,
     Performance Objectives for each Participant will be established. Specific
     Performance Objectives will vary based on the specific business strategy of
     the Company and the Business Unit, and may include such measures as:

              *    ROS                   *    Net Income
              *    ROTC                  *    Cash Flow From Operations
              *    ROE                   *    Net Sales
              *    EPS                   *    Total Shareholder Return
              *    Sales Growth          *    Economic Value Added

                                       3
<PAGE>

     iii. Bonus payouts will be determined based on the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Percentage Achievement
    of Performance Objectives               Bonus Payout (% of Target Bonus)
    -------------------------               --------------------------------

<S>                                 <C>
               0 - 74%                                     0%
             75 - 100%                                  4 - 100%
            101 - 125%                            Two-for-One over 100%
(percentage achievement required             (e.g. 104% Plan = 108% payout)
for upside payout will vary from  (payout may vary from 1:1 - 1:8, depending upon the
 112.5% - 150% depending upon the       business unit and the Performance Objective)
     Performance Objective)
</TABLE>

     iv. Bonus payouts will be determined based on the formula used to measure
     the Company's or the respective business unit(s) (as applicable) results
     for each Participant, and calculated in accordance with the Performance
     Objectives approved by the Committee. The maximum annual business unit
     bonus payout is 175% of the Participant's base salary in effect at the end
     of the year (150% for Participants measured by corporate Performance
     Objectives).

     v. Individual MBOs are used to modify the bonus payout. This modifier is
     multiplied by the bonus payout calculated in section (iv) above to
     determine the Participant's bonus payout. The MBO modifier ranges from
     0-110%.

     vi. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, increase or decrease bonus
     amounts which would otherwise be payable under the Plan.

     vii. No bonuses for a Plan Year shall be paid to Participant unless the
     Minimum Threshold for such Plan Year is met. In addition, the total of the
     bonuses for a given Plan Year for the Participants shall not exceed the
     Bonus Maximum for such Plan Year.

c.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Prior Participation in MMBP

     Participants who are eligible to receive a bonus under the MMBP during part
of the Plan Year and are later designated as Participants under this Plan may,
in the Committee's discretion, receive a bonus under this Plan on a prorated
basis.

d.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Leave Of Absence

     If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence (including, without
limitation, leaves caused by short-term disability) for more than one month
during the Plan Year, then the employee will continue to participate for that
Plan Year; provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, decrease the
bonus otherwise payable under the Plan on a prorated basis.

e.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Termination

     i. Participants who terminate prior to the end of the Plan Year for any
     reasons other than death, disability, or retirement are not eligible to
     receive awards under this Plan, unless approved by the Chief Executive
     Officer.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     ii. Participants who terminate after the end of the Plan Year, but before
     payment of the award, are eligible to receive the awards under this Plan.

f.   Other Bonus Programs

     No Participant may participate in any other annual Company bonus plan.

5.   TIMING OF PAYMENT OF BONUSES

a.   Current Payment

     Except as provided in Section 5.b., the bonus allocated by the Committee
for each Participant shall be paid in cash and in full as soon as may be
conveniently possible after such allocation by the Board and certification by
the Committee of the Company's achievement of the relevant Performance
Objectives, but not later than two and one-half months from the last day of the
Plan Year to which such bonus relates.

b.   Deferral of Bonus

     Any Participants may elect to defer receipt of all or part of such bonus in
accordance with established deferred compensation plans offered by the Company.

6.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION

a.   General Administration

     The Committee will administer the Plan, and will interpret the provisions
of the Plan. The interpretation and application of these terms by the Committee
shall be binding and conclusive. The Committee's authority will include, but is
not limited to:

          i. Selection Participants

          ii. Establishing and modifying Performance Objectives, and weighting
          Performance Objectives

          iii.The determination of performance results and bonus awards

          iv. Exceptions to the provisions of the Plan made in good faith and
          for the benefit of the Company

b.   Adjustments for Extraordinary Events

     If an event occurs during a Plan Year that materially influences the
performance measures of the Company and is deemed by the Committee to be
extraordinary and out of the control of management, the Committee may, in its
sole discretion, increase or decrease the Performance Objectives used to
determine the annual bonus payout. Events warranting such action may include,
but are not limited to, changes in accounting, tax or regulatory rulings and
significant changes in economic conditions resulting in windfall gains or
losses.

                                       5
<PAGE>

c.   Amendment, Suspension, or Termination of the Plan

     The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in
part, at any time, if, in the sole judgment of the Committee, such action is in
the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the above, any such
amendment, suspension or termination must be prospective in that it may not
deprive Participants of that which they otherwise would have received under the
Plan for the Plan Year had the Plan not been amended, suspended or terminated.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

a.   Effective Date

     The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 1999.

b.   Titles

     Section and Article titles are provided herein for convenience only and are
not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

c.   Employment Not Guaranteed

     Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken in the administration of
the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving a
Participant any right to be retained in the service of the Company.

d.   Validity

     In the event that any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the same shall not effect, in any respect whatsoever, the
validity of any other provision of the Plan.

e.   Withholding-Tax

     The Company shall withhold from all benefits due under the Plan an amount
sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.

f.   Applicable Law

     The Plan shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California.


                                       6


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.30

                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                  SENIOR EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP COMPENSATION PLAN


1.       PURPOSE

The purposes of the Senior Executive Leadership Compensation Plan ("SELCP" or
the "Plan") for Avery Dennison Corporation (the "Company") are as follows:

a.   To attract and retain the best possible executive talent;

b.   To permit executives of the Company to share in its profits;

c.   To promote the success of the Company; and

d.   To link executive rewards closely to individual and Company performance.


2.   DEFINITIONS

a. Average Shareholders' Equity. "Average Shareholders' Equity" means the
   ----------------------------
numerical average for a given year of ending Shareholders' Equity for the five
most recently completed fiscal quarters, including the last quarter of that
year.

b. Bonus Maximum. "Bonus Maximum" means 10% of the excess of (i) the Company's
   -------------
Pre-Tax Return on Shareholders' Equity over (ii) the Minimum Threshold times
Average Shareholders' Equity.

c. Cash Flow from Operations. "Cash Flow from Operations" means net cash
   -------------------------
provided by operating activities as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

d. Code. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
   ----
e. Committee. "Committee" means the Compensation and Executive Personnel
   --------
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors.

f. Company. "Company" means Avery Dennison Corporation.
   -------
g. Economic Value Added. "Economic Value Added" means operating profit after
   --------------------
taxes on income minus a capital charge based upon the Company's weighted average
cost of capital.

h. ELCP. "ELCP" means the Executive Leadership Compensation Plan of the Company.
   ----
i. EPS. "EPS" means earnings per share, including extraordinary gains and
   ---
losses, divested operations and changes in accounting principles as disclosed in
the Company's annual reports to shareholders.


                                       1
<PAGE>

j. Income Before Taxes on Income. "Income Before Taxes on Income" means the
   -----------------------------
income before income taxes as reported in the Company's annual reports to
shareholders.

k. Minimum Threshold. "Minimum Threshold" means a 12% Pre-tax Return on
   -----------------
Shareholders' Equity.

l. Net Income. "Net Income" means after-tax net income, including extraordinary
   ----------
items, discontinued operations and changes in accounting principles, as
disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders.

m. Net Sales. "Net Sales" means net sales as disclosed in the Company's annual
   ---------
reports to shareholders and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

n. Performance Objectives. "Performance Objectives" means one or more
   ----------------------
pre-established performance objectives, including: ROS, ROTC, ROE, EPS, Sales
Growth, Net Income, Net Sales, Cash Flow from Operations, Economic Value Added
and Total Shareholder Return.

o. Participant. "Participant" means any employee of the Company or any of its
   -----------
subsidiaries who has been designated as a participant in the Plan in accordance
with Article 3.

p. Plan. "Plan" means the Senior Executive Leadership Compensation Plan for
   ----
Avery Dennison Corporation.

q. Plan Year. "Plan Year" means the fiscal year of the Company.
   ---------
r. Pre-Tax Return On Shareholder's Equity. "Pre-Tax Return On Shareholder's
   -------
Equity" means the percentage determined by dividing "Income Before Taxes On
Income" by "Average Shareholders' Equity".

s. ROE. "ROE" means the percentage determined by dividing "Net Income" by
   ---
"Average Shareholders' Equity".

t. ROS. "ROS" means the percentage determined by dividing Net Income by Net
   ---
Sales.

u. ROTC. "ROTC" means the return on total capital of the Company as reported in
   ----
the Company's internally prepared Summary of Operations.

v. Shareholders' Equity. "Shareholders' Equity" means total shareholders' equity
   ------------
as disclosed in the Company's annual reports to shareholders and quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q.

w. Target Bonus. "Target Bonus" means with respect to a Participant for any Plan
   ------------
Year the bonus opportunity for the Participant in such Plan Year on account of
services rendered to the Company during the immediately preceding Plan Year. The
Target Bonus is expressed as a percentage of the Participant's base salary in
effect at the end of the Plan Year.

x. Total Shareholder Return. "Total Shareholder Return" means the cumulative
   ------------------------
shareholder return on the Company's common stock, including the reinvestment of
dividends, as measured by dividing (i) the sum of (A) the cumulative amount of
dividends for the measurement period, assuming dividend reinvestment, and (B)
the difference between the Company's closing stock price at the end and the
beginning of the measurement period, by (ii) the closing stock price at the
beginning of the measurement period.

                                       2
<PAGE>

3.   PARTICIPATION

Participation in the Plan is limited to key executives of the Company who have
been designated as Participants by the Committee. Participants may include, but
are not limited to: Chairman, CEO, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior
Vice Presidents and Group Vice Presidents.


4.   ANNUAL BONUS OPPORTUNITY

Participants will have the opportunity to earn an annual variable bonus.

a.   Target Bonus

     The Target Bonus for each Participant is established each Plan Year and may
be up to 100% of Base Salary.

b.   Bonus Payout

     i. A Participant's annual bonus payout is based on the Company's
     achievement versus pre-established Performance Objectives, subject to
     adjustment in certain circumstances by the Committee.

     ii. Within the first 90 days of the beginning of each Plan Year, the
     Committee will establish Performance Objectives for each Participant.
     Specific Performance Objectives will vary based on the specific business
     strategy of the Company, and may include such measures as:

          *        ROS                       *         Net Income
          *        ROTC                      *         Net Sales
          *        ROE                       *         Cash Flow From Operations
          *        EPS                       *         Economic Value Added
          *        Sales Growth              *         Total Shareholder Return

     iii. Bonus payouts will be determined based on the following schedule:

            Percentage Achievement
           of Performance Objectives         Bonus Payout (% of Target Bonus)
           -------------------------         --------------------------------

                    0 - 74%                                 0%
                   75 - 100%                             4 - 100%
                                                depends on Plan achievement
                                               (e.g. 90% Plan = 60% Payout)
                 101 - 112.5%                     four-for-one over 100%
                                              (e.g. 104% Plan = 116% Payout)

         iv. Bonus payouts will be determined based on the formula used to
         measure the Company's or the respective business unit(s) (as
         applicable) results for each Participant, and calculated in accordance
         with the Performance Objectives approved by the Committee. The maximum
         annual bonus payout is 150% of the Participant's base salary in effect
         at the end of the year.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          v. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, decrease bonus amounts
          which would otherwise be payable under the Plan.

          vi. No bonuses for a Plan Year shall be paid to Participant unless the
          Minimum Threshold for such Plan Year is met. In addition, the total of
          the bonuses for a given Plan Year for the Participants shall not
          exceed the Bonus Maximum for such Plan Year.

c.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Prior Participation in ELCP

     Participants who are eligible to receive a bonus under the ELCP during part
of the Plan Year and are later designated as Participants under this Plan may,
in the Committee's discretion, receive a bonus under this Plan on a prorated
basis.

d.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Leave Of Absence

     If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence (including, without
limitation, leaves caused by short-term disability) for more than one month
during the Plan Year, then the employee will continue to participate for that
Plan Year; provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, decrease the
bonus otherwise payable under the Plan on a prorated basis.

e.   Bonus Determination In Cases Of Termination

     i. Participants who terminate prior to the end of the Plan Year for any
     reasons other than death, disability, or retirement are not eligible to
     receive awards under this Plan, unless approved by the Committee.

     ii. Participants who terminate after the end of the Plan Year, but before
     payment of the award, are eligible to receive the awards under this Plan.

f.   Other Bonus Programs

     No Participant may participate in any other annual Company bonus plan.

5.   TIMING OF PAYMENT OF BONUSES

a.   Current Payment

     Except as provided in Section 6.b., the bonus determined by the Committee
for each Participant shall be paid in cash and in full as soon as conveniently
possible after such determination and certification by the Committee of the
Company's achievement of the relevant Performance Objectives, but not later than
two and one-half months from the last day of the Plan Year to which such bonus
relates.

b.   Deferral of Bonus

     Participants may elect to defer receipt of all or part of such bonus in
accordance with established deferred compensation plans offered by the Company.

                                       4
<PAGE>

6.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION

a.   General Administration

     The Committee will administer the Plan, and will interpret the provisions
of the Plan. The interpretation and application of these terms by the Committee
shall be binding and conclusive. The Committee's authority will include, but is
not limited to:

     i. Selecting Participants

     ii. Establishing and modifying Performance Objectives, and weighting
     Performance Objectives

     iii. Determining performance results and bonus awards

     iv. Making exceptions to the provisions of the Plan made in good faith and
     for the benefit of the Company

b.   Adjustments for Extraordinary Events

     If an event occurs during a Plan Year that materially influences the
performance measures of the Company and is deemed by the Committee to be
extraordinary and out of the control of management, the Committee may, in its
sole discretion, increase or decrease the Performance Objectives used to
determine the annual bonus payout. Events warranting such action may include,
but are not limited to, changes in accounting, tax or regulatory rulings and
significant changes in economic conditions resulting in windfall gains or
losses.

c.   Amendment, Suspension, or Termination of the Plan

     The Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in
part, at any time, if, in the sole judgment of the Committee, such action is in
the best interests of the Company. Notwithstanding the above, any such
amendment, suspension or termination must be prospective in that it may not
deprive Participants of that which they otherwise would have received under the
Plan for the Plan Year had the Plan not been amended, suspended or terminated.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

a.   Effective Date

     The effective date of the Plan is January 1, 1999.

b.   Titles

     Section and Article titles are provided herein for convenience only and are
not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>

c.   Employment Not Guaranteed

     Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken in the administration of
the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving a
Participant any right to be retained in the service of the Company.

d.   Validity

     In the event that any provision of the Plan is held to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the same shall not effect, in any respect whatsoever, the
validity of any other provision of the Plan.

e.   Withholding-Tax

     The Company shall withhold from all benefits due under the Plan an amount
sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local tax withholding requirements.

f.   Applicable Law

     The Plan shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California.

                                       6


                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.31.2

                               AMENDMENT No. 1 to

                   EXECUTIVE VARIABLE DEFERRED RETIREMENT PLAN

The Executive Variable Deferred Retirement Plan (the "Plan"), amended and
restated as of December 1, 1997, is hereby amended effective December 1. 1999,
as follows:

1.   Article 2 Definitions and Certain Provisions

     a.   The definition of "Normal Retirement" is amended to read:

          Normal Retirement. "Normal Retirement" means the termination of a
          -----------------
          Participant's employment with Employer for reasons other than death on
          or after the Participant attains age 62.

     b.   The definition of "Second Beneficiary" is deleted in its entirety.

2.   Section 7.7(c) "Second Beneficiary" is deleted in its entirety.

3.   All other terms and conditions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.34


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                            CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN


ARTICLE 1:  Purpose

The purpose of the Avery Dennison Corporation Capital Accumulation Plan is to
provide a means whereby Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware corporation, may
provide a tax-favored capital accumulation and diversification opportunity to
non-employee Directors and to a select group of key management employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries who have rendered valuable services to the Company
or its subsidiaries which constitute an important contribution towards the
Company's continued growth and success.


ARTICLE 2:  Definitions

2.1. "Administrator" shall mean the administrator appointed by the Committee to
handle the day-to-day administration of the Plan pursuant to Article 8.

2.2. "Account" or "Accounts" shall mean a Participant's Deferral Accounts, or
either of them, as appropriate.

2.3. "Allocation Election Form" shall mean the form on which a Participant
elects the Declared Rate(s) to be credited as earnings or losses to such
Participant's Diversified Account.

2.4. "Base Salary" shall mean an Eligible Employee's rate of salary in effect on
May 1, 1997 or any other subsequent date as determined by the Administrator in
his discretion.

2.5. "Beneficiary" shall mean the person or entity designated as such by a
Participant pursuant to Article 7.

2.6. "Benefit" shall mean a Retirement Benefit, Survivor Benefit or a
Termination Benefit, as appropriate.

2.7. "Bonus" shall mean an Eligible Employee's bonus opportunity target in
effect on May 1, 1997 or any subsequent year as determined by the Administrator
in his discretion.

2.8. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9. "Committee" shall mean the Capital Accumulation Plan Committee appointed to
administer the Plan pursuant to Article 8.

2.10. "Company" shall mean Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware Corporation,
and any of its subsidiary companies, its successors and assigns.

2.11. "Declared Rate" shall mean the notional rates of return (which may be
positive or negative) of the individual investment options selected by a
Participant or a Participant's Beneficiary for such Participant's Diversified
Account as set forth in Article 5.4.

                                        1
<PAGE>

2.12. "Deferral" or "Deferrals" shall mean, as appropriate, the amount of
individual or aggregate Stock Option Gains that a Participant defers under the
Plan.

2.13. "Deferral Accounts" shall mean the accounts established for a Participant
pursuant to Article 3, consisting of a Diversified Account and/or a Stock
Account for Eligible Employees and for Directors. Deferral Accounts shall be
maintained solely as bookkeeping entries by the Company to evidence unfunded
obligations of the Company.

2.14. "Deferral Election Form" shall mean the form on which a Participant
designates (i) the specified Options which, when exercised, shall result in the
ensuing Stock Option Gains thereon deferred under the Plan, and (ii) initial
elections with respect to the forms of distribution elections for Retirement
Benefits under the Plan.

2.15. "Deferral Period" shall mean the period during which Deferrals must be
completed. The initial Deferral Period shall be May 1, 1997, through December
31, 2005. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine future Deferral
Periods, if any.

2.16. "Director" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company
who is not an Employee.

2.17. "Disability" shall mean any inability on the part of an Eligible Employee,
commencing before such Eligible Employee attaining the age of 64 1/2, to perform
the substantial and material duties of the Employee's position due to injury or
sickness of a duration greater than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days,
as such Disability is determined by the Administrator in his discretion.
Disability for purposes of this Plan shall be deemed to commence as of the first
day following the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period. If an
Eligible Employee makes application for disability benefits under the Social
Security Act, as in effect as of the date of this Plan or as such Act may
hereafter be amended, and qualifies for such Benefits, the Eligible Employee
shall be presumed to suffer from a Disability. The Administrator may require the
Eligible Employee to submit to an examination by a physician or medical clinic
selected by the Administrator. On the basis of such medical evidence as provided
by such examination and in the absence of qualification for disability benefits
under the Social Security Act, the determination of the Administrator as to
whether or not a condition of Disability exists shall be conclusive.

2.18. "Discounted Cash Out" shall mean a distribution made pursuant to Article
6.8.

2.19. "Discounted Cash Out Election" shall mean the written election by a
Participant or Beneficiary to receive all or part of the Participant's Deferral
Accounts pursuant to Article 6.8.

2.20. "Diversified Account" shall mean the Deferral Account credited with that
portion of a Participant's Deferrals and earnings thereon allocated to the
Diversified Account based on the performance of the Declared Rate(s) selected by
a Participant or a Participant's Beneficiary as set forth in Article 5.4.

2.21. "Early Retirement" shall mean the termination of a Participant's position
as a Director or employment with the Company for reasons other than death or
Disability on or after the Eligible Employee's attaining age 55 with fifteen
(15) years of service with the Company and before Normal Retirement, or a
non-employee Director's retirement before Normal Retirement.

2.22. "Eligible Employee" shall mean an Employee who is a member of a select
group of management or highly compensated employees and who is determined to be
eligible to

                                       2
<PAGE>

participate in the Plan and so designated in writing by the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and/or Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors.

2.23. "Employee" shall mean any person employed by the Company or its
subsidiaries on a regular full-time salaried basis, including officers of the
Company.

2.24. "Enrollment Period" shall mean a period designated by the Administrator
for enrollment of Participants for participation in the Plan. The Plan's initial
Enrollment Period shall be from May 1, 1997, to June 1, 1997. The Administrator
may establish additional Enrollment Periods in his discretion. The Participant
must submit a Participation Election Form during the Enrollment Period as
designated by the Administrator.

2.25. "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

2.26. "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.27. "Exercise Declaration Form" shall mean the form filed with the
Administrator indicating the date(s) on which Options previously designated on a
Deferral Election Form are to be exercised.

2.28. "First Beneficiary" shall mean the Beneficiary (whether the primary or
contingent Beneficiary) who first becomes entitled to Survivor Benefits under
this Plan.

2.29. "Normal Retirement" shall mean the termination of a Participant's position
as a Director or employment with the Company for any reason other than death or
Disability on or after the Participant attains age 65.

2.30. "Option" shall mean an option to purchase Stock that is not an incentive
stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.31. "Participation Election Form" shall mean the form on which a Participant
elects the total dollar amount of Deferrals to be made during a Deferral Period
under the Plan.

2.32. "Participant" shall mean a non-employee Director or an Eligible Employee
who has met the requirements for participation in the Plan as prescribed by
Article 3.

2.33. "Plan" shall mean this Amended and Restated Avery Dennison Corporation
Capital Accumulation Plan, a non-qualified elective deferred compensation plan,
as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.34. "Retirement" shall mean a termination of service as a Director or
termination of employment by an Eligible Employee upon Normal Retirement or
Early Retirement.

2.35. "Retirement Benefits" shall mean the Benefits payable to a Participant
upon the Participant's satisfaction of the requirements for Normal or Early
Retirement pursuant to Article 6.1.

2.36. "Second Beneficiary" shall mean the First Beneficiary's named Beneficiary
(whether primary or contingent) who becomes the Second Beneficiary entitled to
Survivor Benefits under the Plan.

                                       3
<PAGE>

2.37. "Settlement Date" shall mean the date upon which a Benefit payment is due
and payable to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to Article 6.15.

2.38. "Stock" shall mean shares of Avery Dennison Corporation common stock.

2.39. "Stock Account" shall mean the Deferral Account credited with (i) that
portion of a Participant's Deferrals allocated to Stock, (ii) additional shares
of Stock distributed as dividends with respect to Stock credited to the
Participant's Stock Account, and (iii) additional shares of Stock purchased with
the proceeds of non-Stock dividends distributed with respect to Stock credited
to the Participant's Stock Account.

2.40. "Stock Option Gains" shall mean the amount of a Participant's net gain
resulting from the Participant's exercise of Options.

2.41. "Survivor Benefit" shall mean those Plan Benefits that become payable upon
the death of a Participant pursuant to Article 6.6.

2.42. "Termination Benefit" shall mean the lump sum amount payable to an
Eligible Employee who ceases to be an Employee pursuant to Article 6.5.

2.43. "Termination of Employment" shall mean the cessation of an Eligible
Employee's employment with the Company for any reason, whether voluntary or
involuntary, other than Retirement, Disability or death.

2.44. "Total Compensation" shall mean the sum of an Eligible Employee's Base
Salary and Bonus.

2.45. "Unforeseeable Emergency" shall mean a severe financial hardship to a
Participant, as determined by the Administrator, resulting from a sudden and
unexpected illness or accident of a Participant or a dependent of a Participant,
loss of a Participant's property due to a casualty, or other similar
extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of an event
beyond the control of a Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an
Unforeseeable Emergency will depend on the facts of each case, but, in any case,
payment may not be made in the event that such financial hardship is or may be
relieved:

     (a)  through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,
     (b)  by liquidation of a Participant's assets, to the extent that
          liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial
          hardship, or
     (c)  by cessation of Deferrals under the plan.

2.46. "Valuation Date" shall mean the date on which the Diversified Account is
valued pursuant to Article 6.14 and the date on which the number of shares of
Stock credited to the Stock Account is determined.

2.47. "Vested," when used with reference to a Participant's Accounts, shall mean
non-forfeitable.

ARTICLE 3:  Participation

3.1. Participation. The Committee, through the Administrator, shall notify
Participants generally not later than 30 days (or such lesser period as may be
practicable in the circumstances) prior to any deadline for filing a
Participation Election Form.

                                       4
<PAGE>

3.2. Participation Election. A non-employee Director or an Eligible Employee
shall become a Participant in the Plan after completing a Participation Election
Form and submitting it to the Administrator. Participants must submit the
Participation Election Form to the Administrator during an Enrollment Period. In
the Participation Election Form, the Participant shall designate (i) for
Eligible Employees, the total dollar amount of Deferrals to be made under the
Plan during the Deferral Period (as a whole multiple of Total Compensation to a
maximum established by the Committee, which currently is five times Total
Compensation, or, for non-employee Directors, the Stock Option Gains from
Options to be deferred under the Plan during the Deferral Period (as a total
number of Options to purchase up to a maximum of 12,000 shares of Stock), (ii)
the form of Retirement Benefit distributions, and (iii) any other information or
elections required by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Administrator, in his discretion, may permit a Participant who was a
non-employee Director or an Eligible Employee during the initial Enrollment
Period to submit a Participation Election Form in a subsequent Enrollment
Period. A Participant who otherwise satisfies the requirements of this Article
3.2, but who makes no Deferrals under the Plan shall not be considered a
Participant for purposes of the Plan.

3.3. Continuation of Participation. A Participant who has elected to participate
in the Plan by making a Deferral election shall continue as a Participant in the
Plan until the entire balance of the Participant's Deferral Accounts has been
distributed to the Participant. In the event a Participant becomes ineligible to
continue participation in the Plan, but remains an Employee of the Company, the
Participant's Deferral Accounts shall be held and administered in accordance
with the Plan until such time as Benefits are completely distributed.

ARTICLE 4:  Participant Deferrals

4.1. Deferrals Under Plan. Subject to the conditions herein, a Participant shall
designate specific Stock Option Gains from the exercise of specified Stock
Options to be deferred into the Plan by completing and filing with the
Administrator a Deferral Election Form(s). The election(s) shall be irrevocable,
except as provided or limited under Articles 4.3, 4.4, 5.3, and 6.4. Not later
than five (5) days prior to exercise of an Option designated on a Deferral
Election Form for deferral under the Plan, a Participant shall file with the
Administrator an Exercise Declaration Form with respect to such Option.
Satisfaction of Deferral can come only from Stock Option Gains. To the extent
there is no such Stock Option Gain at the time of exercise, then the Deferral
election is deemed to be withdrawn.

4.2. Minimum Deferral. An Eligible Employee's minimum cumulative Deferrals over
the term of the Plan should equal or exceed such Participant's Total
Compensation as of May 1, 1997.

4.3. Maximum Deferral. The maximum cumulative or annual Deferrals under the Plan
shall be determined by the Administrator in his discretion. Prior to the
beginning of any Plan year (or, for periods shorter than a full calendar year
during a Deferral Period,) during the Deferral Period, the Administrator may
declare the amount of Stock Option Gains, that may be deferred by Participants
during such period.

4.4. Disability. If an Eligible Employee suffers a Disability during the
Deferral Period, the Deferrals previously designated on any Deferral Election
Forms submitted to the Administrator

                                       5
<PAGE>

prior to the date of such Disability shall be completed within two (2) years of
the commencement of the Disability and before any termination of employment from
the Company. Subsequent to commencement of such Disability, no new Options may
be designated for Deferrals by the Eligible Employee. In the event of
Disability, Benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the Plan provisions
for termination, Retirement or death.

4.5. Deferral Accounts. Solely for recordkeeping purposes, the Company shall
maintain two (2) Deferral Accounts for each Participant, a Diversified Account
and a Stock Account. A Participant's Diversified Account shall be credited with
a Participant's Deferrals pursuant to Article 5.2, and credited with the
Declared Rate(s) (which may be negative or positive) elected by the Participant
or Beneficiary pursuant to Article 5.3. A Participant's Stock Account shall be
credited with (i) the shares of Stock allocated to the Participant's Stock
Account pursuant to Article 5.2, (ii) any additional shares of Stock distributed
as a dividend with respect to Stock credited to the Participant's Stock Account,
and (iii) shares of Stock purchased with cash dividends or other distributions
with respect to Stock credited to the Participant's Stock Account (provided,
however, that after September 16, 1998, no additional Stock Option Gains will be
placed in a Stock Account).

The Company shall credit the amount of a Participant's Deferrals that is
allocated to the Participant's Diversified Account under Article 5.2 on the
settlement date (generally four business days following the exercise date of the
Option to which such Deferral relates). The Company shall credit shares of Stock
to a Participant's Stock Account in the amount allocated by the Participant
under Article 5.2 on the settlement date (generally four business days following
the exercise date of the Option to which such Deferral relates). Stock purchased
with cash dividends or other distributions with respect to Stock credited to a
Participant's Stock Account, or acquired as a dividend with respect to Stock so
credited, shall be credited to the Participant's Stock Account on the date of
such purchase, or, in the case of a dividend made in shares of Stock, on the
date such dividend distribution is effected. The Diversified and Stock Accounts
shall be debited by (i) the amount of any distributions made to a Participant or
the Participant's Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan, and (ii) any charges or
penalties with respect to such distributions.

4.6. Deferral Adjustment. Prior to any crediting of Deferrals to a Participant's
Accounts, the Company shall deduct from the portion of each Deferral allocated
to a Participant's Diversified Account an up-front load equal to three percent
(3%) (or such lesser percentage as determined by the Administrator) of the
amount so allocated.

4.7. Statement of Account. The Administrator shall provide to each Participant a
periodic statement (at least semi-annually) setting forth the deferrals,
dividends, declared rate(s) (credits or debits) and balance of the Accounts
maintained for such Participant.

4.8. Vesting. The Participant shall be 100% Vested at all times in the
Participant's Deferral Accounts.

4.9. Method of Exercise. A participant exercising Options, the Stock Options
Gains of which are being deferred under the Plan, shall effect such exercise by
constructively delivering the Stock with a fair market value on the date of
exercise of the Option equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option.
Stock used for this purpose shall be Stock which the Participant has held for a
period of greater than six (6) months prior to the date of exercise of the
Option; provided, however, that if the Participant delivers to the Company Stock
acquired through the exercise of an "incentive stock option" as defined in
Section 422(b) of the Code, such Stock

                                       6
<PAGE>

shall have been held by the Participant for a period of greater than twelve (12)
months from the date of exercise of the Option and twenty-four (24) months from
the date of grant of the Option.

ARTICLE 5:  Investment Options

5.1. Valuation of Accounts. A Participant's Diversified Account as of each
Valuation Date shall consist of the balance of the Participant's Diversified
Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date less any payments made to
the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary pursuant to Article 6, plus the
amount of the Participant's Deferrals and the Declared Rate(s) thereon, in each
case made (debited or credited) since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.

A Participant's Stock Account as of each Valuation Date shall be measured based
upon the number of shares of Stock allocated to the Participant's Stock Account
as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date less any shares of Stock
distributed to the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary plus any shares
of Stock (i) credited as a dividend with respect to Stock credited to the
Participant's Stock Account, and (ii) credited with non-Stock dividends
distributed with respect to Stock allocated to the Participant's Stock Account,
in each case made (credited or debited) since the immediately preceding
Valuation Date.

5.2. Allocation of Accounts. After September 16, 1998, the Company shall
allocate each Participant's Stock Options Gains as follows: 100 % to such
Participant's Diversified Account.

5.3. Participant Election of Declared Rates. Participant may elect to have the
Diversified Account allocated among the Declared Rate(s) in 25% increments.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provision or any other provision of this Plan, if
the Participant does not submit an Allocation Election Form to the
Administrator, Amounts so allocated to Diversified Accounts shall be allocated
100% to the Money Market Declared Rate.

Subject to the second sentence of this paragraph, a Participant may change that
Participant's Declared Rate(s) election by filing a new Allocation Election Form
with the Administrator at least 30 days prior to such change becoming effective.
A Participant may change the Participant's Diversified Account allocation
elections under this Article 5.3 a minimum of twice a year effective as of the
earlier of the March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 which immediately
follows the date of filing the Allocation Election Form with the Administrator,
and as otherwise permitted by the Administrator.

5.4. Declared Rates. The Declared Rate(s) are equal to the gross performance of
each of the below-listed investment funds (which list may be expanded by the
Committee) reduced by (i) investment advisory fees, (ii) daily operating
expenses and (iii) forty (40) basis points. The Administrator may adjust the
fees in his reasonable discretion annually to reflect decreased costs or to
cover increased costs. A Participant may elect from Declared Rates initially
representing five (5) core investment funds, which may from time to time be
established under the Plan and the number of which may be expanded by the
Committee; it being the intention that at all times Participants will have at
least five (5), core investment fund choices comparable in focus, type and
quality to those listed below Declared Rate(s) are subject to normal investment
risk. The Declared Rates available under the Plan are set forth in Exhibit A.

                                       7
<PAGE>

The Administrator shall have the right to invest all, part, or none of the
aggregate Deferrals or any of the investment funds upon which the Declared Rates
are based.

5.5. Valuation of Stock. The value of a share of Stock on a Valuation Date shall
be the closing price of a single share of such Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange on the last trading day immediately preceding such Valuation Date, as
such valuation information is published in a nationally recognized daily
business publication.

5.6. Crediting of Dividends With Respect to Stock. Stock and non-stock dividend
distributions with respect to Stock allocated to a Participant's Stock Account
shall be credited by the Administrator to the Participant's Stock Account in the
form of additional shares or fractional shares of Stock as of the date upon
which the Company makes such a distribution.

5.7. Beneficiary Powers. Following a Participant's death, the allocation of
unpaid balances in the Participant's Diversified Account among any Declared
Rate(s) may be made as elected by the Participant's Beneficiary.


ARTICLE 6:  Benefits

6.1. Retirement Benefit. A Participant shall be eligible for a Retirement
Benefit under this Plan upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for Normal
Retirement or Early Retirement.

6.2. Benefit Election Alternatives. A Participant may elect to receive the
Participant's Retirement Benefit in (i) a lump sum; (ii) annual installments
(calculated pursuant to Article 6.3) over five (5), ten (10), fifteen (15), or
twenty (20) years; or (iii) a combination of an initial lump sum distribution
with the remainder paid in annual installments (calculated pursuant to section
6.3) over five (5), ten (10), fifteen (15), or twenty (20) years. A Participant
has the right to make separate elections for each of his Deferral Accounts. The
Retirement Benefit shall be paid over the period elected by the Participant,
which election shall be made no later than thirteen months prior to Retirement.
After a Participant has made an initial election, he may subsequently change his
election at any time provided that such election is made at least thirteen (13)
months prior to Retirement. If a Participant does not file an election with the
Administrator, the Participant's Deferral Accounts shall be paid in annual
installments (calculated pursuant to Article (6.3)) over ten (10) years.

6.3. Installment Payments. If a Participant elects to receive the Participant's
Retirement Benefit in installment payments, the first payment shall be (i) an
annualized amount pro-rated over the period commencing with the last day of the
month of the Participant's date of Retirement through the following December 31,
(ii) calculated pursuant to the method prescribed in this Article, and (iii)
made within the periods established pursuant to Article 6.2. Subsequently,
annual payments shall be made each January, over the period elected by or for
such Participant.

The amount of any installment payment distributed from a Participant's
Diversified Account shall be determined annually by dividing the Participant's
Diversified Account balance, less any initial lump-sum distribution, on the
Valuation Date as prescribed by Article 6.14 by (i) the number of years
remaining in the Participant's payment period, or (ii) some other formula
approved by the Committee which is designed to provide ratable payments using a
reasonable interest rate assumption. The number of shares of Stock distributed
from a Participant's Stock

                                       8
<PAGE>

Account, as part of any installment payment, shall be determined annually by
dividing the number of shares of Stock credited to a Participant's Stock Account
on the Valuation Date, as prescribed by Article 6.14, by the number of years
remaining in the Participant's payment period. Solely for purposes of
calculating the first installment payment provided for in the first sentence of
this Article, (i) the year of a Participant's Retirement shall be counted as a
pro-rated year in a Participant's payment period, and (ii) the Valuation Date
shall be the last day of the month of the date of the Participant's Retirement.
During any payment year, the unpaid Deferral Account balance shall be credited
as provided in Article 4.5. A retired Participant may continue to change the
allocation of the Participant's Diversified Account, as provided in Article 5.3,
as long as such retired Participant has an undistributed Diversified Account
balance.

6.4. Disability. If an Eligible Employee suffers a Disability, any Deferral
Election Forms executed and delivered to the Administrator prior to the date of
such Disability shall remain in effect in all respects. An Eligible Employee
suffering a Disability may defer Stock Option Gains with respect to Options
previously designated on such forms during the twenty-four (24) month period
following the date of occurrence of the Disability; provided, however, that this
shall not operate so as to extend the period during which the Option may be
exercised under the appropriate stock option plan. Except as otherwise provided
in the last sentence of this Article 6.4, (i) after the expiration of such
24-month period, all uncompleted Deferral elections shall be null and void, and
(ii) no new Deferral Election Forms shall be accepted by the Administrator from
such Eligible Employee after the date of the Disability. During the period of
the Disability, the Eligible Employee's Diversified Account shall continue to be
credited with the applicable Declared Rate(s) elected by the Eligible Employee.
The Eligible Employee's Diversified Account shall be distributed at Retirement,
Termination of Employment, or upon death, whichever is applicable, in accordance
with the terms of the Plan or the Eligible Employee's distribution election in
effect on the date Benefits commence under the Plan, whichever is applicable. If
an Eligible Employee recovers from a Disability and returns to employment with
the Company during the Deferral Period, the Eligible Employee shall resume
making Deferrals in accordance with the Eligible Employee's elections in effect
of the date of the Eligible Employee's Disability and may file additional
Deferral Election Forms with the Administrator.

6.5. Termination Benefit. If an Eligible Employee (i) incurs a Termination of
Employment, or (ii) fails to return to the status of an Employee within sixty
(60) days following recovery from a Disability prior to Retirement, the Company
shall pay to such Eligible Employee a Termination Benefit equal to the Eligible
Employee's Deferral Account balances, determined as of the last day of the month
of the Eligible Employee's Termination of Employment. Such Termination Benefit
shall be in the form of a lump sum distribution, with the Stock Account balance
distributed in Stock and the Diversified Account Balance distributed in cash.
Upon distribution of the Termination Benefit, the Eligible Employee shall be
entitled to no further benefits under the Plan. 6.6. Survivor Benefits.

(a)  Pre-Retirement. If a Participant dies and has not yet commenced receiving
     Retirement Benefits under the Plan, a Survivor Benefit shall be paid to the
     Participant's First Beneficiary in annual installments over ten (10) years,
     except as provided below. The balance in the Participant's Diversified
     Account shall continue to be credited with the applicable Declared Rate(s)
     elected by the First Beneficiary. The balance in the Participant's Stock
     Account shall continue to be credited as provided in Article 4.5. The first
     distribution to the First Beneficiary shall be an annualized amount
     pro-rated over the period commencing with the last day of the month in
     which the Participant's death occurs through the following December 31, and
     calculated pursuant to the manner prescribed in Article 6.3.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     Subsequently, ten (10) annual payments shall be paid to the First
     Beneficiary in January of each year in an amount determined pursuant to the
     manner prescribed in Article 6.3. The First Beneficiary may continue to
     change the Declared Rate(s) election as provided in Article 5.3 as long as
     he has a remaining Diversified Account balance under the Plan.

(b)  Post-Retirement. If a Participant dies after payment of Benefits to such
     Participant has commenced, the First Beneficiary shall be entitled to
     receive the remainder of the annual payments not yet paid to the
     Participant in accordance with the election of the Participant then in
     effect. After the Participant's death, (i) the Participant's Diversified
     Account shall continue to be credited with the applicable Declared Rate(s)
     elected by the Beneficiary, and (ii) the Participant's Stock Account shall
     continue to be credited as provided in Article 4.5.

(c)  Second Beneficiary. If the First Beneficiary dies before all Survivor
     Benefits under the Plan have been distributed to the First Beneficiary, any
     remaining Account balances shall be paid in a lump sum to the Second
     Beneficiary or to the First Beneficiary's estate if no Second Beneficiary
     designation is on file with the Administrator.

6.7. Scheduled Withdrawal. At the time a Participant first enrolls in the Plan,
the Participant may make a one-time irrevocable election to receive a Scheduled
Withdrawal of a specified dollar amount in January of any Plan year, provided
that the amount of any Scheduled Withdrawal actually distributed shall not
exceed a Participant's aggregate Account balances as of the date that is
twenty-four (24) months prior to the date of such Scheduled Withdrawal. If the
Participant terminates employment with the Company by reason of Retirement, the
Scheduled Withdrawal shall be null and void, and the Benefit shall be paid in
accordance with Article 6.2. If the Participant terminates employment with the
Company for any other reason prior to the receipt of the Participant's Scheduled
Withdrawal, the Participant's Scheduled Withdrawal election shall be null and
void, and the Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit as provided in
Article 6.5.

6.8. Discounted Cash Out Election. At any time a Participant or a Beneficiary
has a remaining Account balance in the Plan, the Participant or a Beneficiary
may elect to receive all or part of the Participant's Accounts in a lump sum by
filing a written election to receive a Discounted Cash Out pursuant to this
Article 6.8. Crediting of Declared Rates to the amount elected to be withdrawn
shall cease to accrue as of the date the Discounted Cash Out Election is made.
The requirements for a Discounted Cash Out Election and the manner of
determining the amount to be paid to a Participant who makes a pre-retirement
Discounted Cash Out Election are set forth in Articles 6.9 through 6.12.

6.9. Minimum Amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the
Discounted Cash Out must be in an amount of at least $200,000, unless the
Participant's Accounts have an aggregate balance of less than $200,000 as of the
date of the Discounted Cash Out Election, in which case the amount of the
Discounted Cash Out shall be equal to 100% of the aggregate balance of the
Participant's Accounts.

6.10. Account Value. The amount available for the Discounted Cash Out shall be
determined no later than the last day of the month during which the Participant
delivers to the Administrator a written Discounted Cash Out Election, provided,
however, that the Administrator shall have at lease fifteen (15) business days
to make such determination.

6.11. Adjustment of Accounts; Penalty. If a Participant or Beneficiary elects to
receive a Discounted Cash Out, the total amount of such Discounted Cash Out
shall be deducted ratably

                                       10
<PAGE>

from the Diversified Account and Stock Account in the proportion which the
balance of each such Account bears to the aggregate balance of such
Participant's Accounts. The amount of the Discounted Cash Out actually
distributed to the Participant shall be the amount of the requested Discounted
Cash Out Election less a penalty as established by the Committee which is six
percent (6%) (unless otherwise required by law or regulation) of the amount of
the requested Discounted Cash-Out Election. The forfeited amount shall be
deducted from the portion of the Discounted Cash Out withdrawn from the
Participant's Diversified Account and shall be returned to the Trust. To the
extent that the Participant's Diversified Account balance is insufficient to
satisfy the penalty, the remainder of the penalty amount shall be deducted from
the Participant's Stock Account.

6.12. Number of Distributions. During the course of any calendar year and prior
to retirement, a Participant may make one Discounted Cash Out Election per year;
following retirement, a Participant or a Beneficiary in a payout status, may
make two Discounted Cash Out Elections per year.

6.13. De Minimis Benefit. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
after a Participant ceases to be an employee then in the event the aggregate
balance of such Participant's Accounts is $50,000 or less, the Administrator may
distribute any such amount in a single lump sum. The Administrator shall provide
the Participant at least 30 days advance notice of its intention to make such
distribution.

6.14. Valuation Date. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, the
Valuation Date for determining Deferral Account balances shall be the last day
of the month. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Valuation Date for
purposes of determining Annual Retirement or Survivor Benefit distributions
shall be the November 30 preceding the date of such distribution.

6.15. Settlement Date. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, the Settlement
Date for Benefit payments shall be as soon as administratively feasible
following the Valuation Date.

6.16. Distribution Due to Unforeseeable Emergency. A Participant may request a
Distribution Due to Unforeseeable Emergency by submitting a written request to
the Administrator accompanied by evidence to demonstrate that the circumstances
being experienced qualify as an Unforeseeable Emergency. The Administrator shall
have the authority to require such evidence as the Administrator deems, in his
discretion, necessary to determine if such a distribution is warranted. If the
Administrator approves the Participant's application for a Distribution Due to
an Unforeseeable Emergency, the distribution is limited to an amount sufficient
to meet the Unforeseeable Emergency. The allowed distribution shall be payable
in a manner determined by the Administrator, as soon as possible after approval
of such distribution.

The need to send a Participant's child to college or the desire to purchase a
home shall not be an Unforeseeable Emergency.

ARTICLE 7:  Beneficiary Designation

Each Participant and First Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person or persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payment
under this Plan shall be made in the event of death of the Participant or First
Beneficiary, as the case may be, prior to complete

                                       11
<PAGE>

distribution of Benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary designation shall
become effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the
Participant's or First Beneficiary's lifetime, as the case may be, on a form
prescribed by the Administrator.

The filing of a new Beneficiary designation with the Administrator shall cancel
and revoke all Beneficiary designations previously filed. Any finalized divorce
or marriage (other than a common law marriage) of a Participant or First
Beneficiary, as the case may be, subsequent to the date of filing of a
Beneficiary designation form shall revoke such designation unless (i) in the
case of divorce, the previous spouse or a trust for said previous spouse was not
designated as Beneficiary, or (ii) In the case of marriage, the Participant's
new spouse or a trust for said new spouse had previously been designated as
Beneficiary.

If a Participant or First Beneficiary, as the case may be, fails to designate a
Beneficiary as provided above, or if the Participant's Beneficiary designation
is revoked by marriage, divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new
Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the
Participant or First Beneficiary, as the case may be, then such Benefits shall
be distributed to the estate of the Participant or First Beneficiary, as the
case may be.

ARTICLE 8:  Administration of Plan

The Committee shall consist of at least three members who shall be appointed by
the Company's Chief Executive Officer.

The Committee shall have the sole authority and discretion to administer the
Plan and to make determinations, interpret, construe and apply its provisions in
accordance with its terms. The Committee shall further establish, adopt or
revise such determinations, rules, regulations, and procedures as it may deem
necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions of the
Committee shall be by vote of at least a majority of its members and shall be
final and binding. Members of the Committee shall be eligible to participate in
the Plan while serving as members of the Committee, but a member of the
Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to such
member's interest in the Plan as a Participant. The members of the Committee
shall be the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer,
the Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, the Vice President,
Human Resources, the Vice President, Treasurer, the Vice President, Compensation
& Benefits, the Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant
Secretary, the Controller, Corporate Center and the Director, Corporate Finance
and Investment, and other members that may be designated by the Chief Executive
Officer or elected by the Committee. The Committee designated the Vice
President, Compensation & Benefits as the Administrator to carry out the
day-to-day administration of the Plan. He shall exercise his discretion on a
consistent and objective basis.

The Committee, and each member thereof, shall be entitled to, in good faith,
rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any
officer or other employee of the Company or any subsidiary, the Company's
independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation
consultant, legal counsel, or other professional retained by the Company to
assist in the administration of the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by
law,

                                       12
<PAGE>

no member of the Committee or the Administrator, nor any person to whom
ministerial duties have been delegated, shall be liable to any person for any
action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration
of the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company shall defend
and indemnify the members of the Committee against any and all claims, losses,
damages, expenses, including any counsel fees and costs, incurred by them, and
any liability, including any amounts paid in settlement with their approval,
arising from their action or failure to act, unless and to the extent such
liability arises from a member's own fraud, gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

ARTICLE 9:  Amendment and Termination of Plan

9.1. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company may amend or terminate the Plan
provided, however, that (i) no such amendment or termination shall be effective
to decrease the Benefits accrued to any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant (including, but not limited to, the rate of return credited to the
Deferral Account(s) prior to the effective date of such amendment or
termination); (ii) Article 6.1 may not be amended; (iii) the definition of
Declared Rate may not be amended; and (iv) the other substantive provisions of
the Plan related to the calculation of Benefits or other elections, manner or
timing of payments to be made under the Plan shall not be amended so as to
prejudice the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased
Participant. The Committee may, in its discretion, adjust future Deferrals (as
set forth in Article 4.3) and may allow Eligible Employees to make Deferrals
into the Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, Participants' account
balances shall be distributed to the Participants within 60 (sixty) days
following termination of the Plan.

9.2. Distribution Upon Constructive Receipt. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may authorize payments before they would
otherwise be due if, based on a change in the federal tax or revenue laws, a
published ruling or similar announcement issued by the Internal Revenue Service,
a regulation issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, a decision by a court of
competent jurisdiction involving a Participant or a Beneficiary, or a closing
agreement made under Section 7121 of the Internal Revenue Service Code that is
approved by the Internal Revenue Service and involves a Participant, he
determines that a Participant has or will recognize income for federal income
tax purposes with respect to amounts that are or will be payable under the Plan
before they otherwise would be paid.

ARTICLE 10:  Maintenance of Accounts

The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, all such books of account, records
and other data as may be necessary or advisable in its judgment for the
administration of this Plan, and properly to reflect the affairs thereof, and to
determine the nature and amount of the interests of the respective Participants
in each Account.

The Company is not required to segregate physically any assets with respect to
the Accounts under this Plan from any other assets of the Company and may
commingle any such assets with any other moneys, securities and properties of
any kind of the Company. Separate Accounts or records for the respective
Participants' interest shall be maintained for operational and accounting
purposes, but no such Account or record shall be considered as creating a lien
of any nature whatsoever on or as segregating any of the assets with respect to
the Accounts under this Plan from any other funds or property of the Company.

                                       13
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 11:  Claims and Review Procedures

11.1. Claims Procedure. The Administrator or his designee shall notify a
Participant or Beneficiary (each, for purposes of this Article, a "Claimant") of
the denial of a claim made by or on behalf of such Claimant for the payment,
commencement or continuation of benefits under the Plan, in writing, within
ninety (90) days after submission of such claim. The notice of such denial shall
be delivered to the last known address of the Claimant, and shall set forth (1)
the specific reasons for such denial, (2) a specific reference to the provisions
of the Plan on which the denial is based, (3) a description of any additional
information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claimant's
claim, and a description of why such information is needed, and (4) an
explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure and other appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim
reviewed. If the Administrator or his designee determines that there are special
circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Administrator or
its designee shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date
by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time within which
to make such decision for up to an additional ninety-day (90) period.

11.2. Review Procedure. If a Claimant is determined by the Administrator not to
be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that the Claimant is
entitled to greater or different benefits under the Plan, the Claimant or duly
authorized representative shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed
by the Committee by filing a petition for review with the Committee within sixty
(60) days after receipt of the notice issued by the Administrator pursuant to
Article 11.1. Said petition shall state the specific reasons that the Claimant
believes entitle the Claimant to Benefits or to greater or different benefits.
The Claimant or representative may review pertinent documents relating to the
claim and its denial, and may submit issues and comments in writing to the
Committee. The Committee shall notify the Claimant of its decision with respect
to such petition in writing within sixty (60) days of receipt of such petition,
stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner calculated
to be understood by the Claimant, and the specific provisions of the Plan on
which the decision is based. If, because of the need for additional information,
the sixty-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to
another sixty-day period at the election of the Committee, but notice of this
deferral shall be given to the Claimant. In the event of the death of the
Claimant, the same procedures shall apply to the Claimant's beneficiaries.

ARTICLE 12:  Miscellaneous

12.1. Applicable Law. Except to the extent preempted by ERISA, this Plan shall
be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California
applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely therein, and
applicable substantive provisions of federal law.

12.2. Captions. The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs of this
Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
construction of any of its provisions.

12.3. Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action
taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any
Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company.

                                       14
<PAGE>

12.4. Provisions Relating to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and Section 162(m)
of the Code.

With respect to a Participant who is then subject to the reporting requirements
of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act:

Any function of the Administrator under the Plan relating to such Participant
shall be performed solely by the Administrator or a subcommittee thereof
consisting solely of 2 or more members who constitute "non-employee directors"
under Rule 16b-3, if and to the extent required to ensure the availability of an
exemption under Rule 16b-3 or exclusion under Rule 16a for such Participant with
respect to the Plan.

To the extent necessary so that transactions by and rights of such a Participant
under the Plan are excluded from reporting under Rule 16a, if any provision of
this Plan or any rule, election form or other form, or instruction does not
comply with the requirements of such Rule as then applicable to such transaction
or right under the Plan, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to
the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

It is the intent of the Company that any compensation (including any award)
deferred under the Plan by a person who is, with respect to the year of payment,
deemed by the Administrator to be a "covered employee" within the meaning of
Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder, which compensation constitutes
either "qualified performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Code
Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder or compensation not otherwise subject
to the limitation on deductibility under Section 162(m) and regulations
thereunder, shall not, as a result of deferral hereunder, become compensation
with respect to which the Company in fact would not be entitled to a tax
deduction under Code Section 162(m). Accordingly, unless otherwise determined by
the Administrator, if any compensation would become so disqualified under
Section 162(m) as a result of deferral hereunder, the terms of such deferral
shall be automatically modified to the extent necessary to ensure that the
compensation would not, at the time of payout, be so disqualified.

12.5. Sources of Stock. If Stock is deposited under the Plan in a trust pursuant
to Articles 12.13 or 12.18 in connection with a deferral of Stock Option Gains
with respect to an Option award under another plan, program, employment
agreement or other arrangement that provides for the issuance of shares, the
shares of Stock so deposited shall be deemed to have originated, and shall be
counted against the number of shares reserved, under such other plan, program or
arrangement. The number of shares of Stock credited to such Stock Account shall
in no event exceed the number of shares subject to the Stock Option Gains
deferred under the Plan plus any additional shares of Stock dividends or Stock
purchased with cash dividends on shares allocated to such Stock Account. The
number of shares of Stock otherwise credited to Stock Accounts of Participants
who are subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall not exceed 10% of the
Stock outstanding at any time. Stock actually delivered in settlement of
Deferral Accounts shall be originally issued shares, treasury shares or shares
from an employee stock trust, in the discretion of the Administrator.

12.6. Exempt ERISA Plan. The Plan consists of two plans under a single plan
document. The first plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily
to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or
highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 201, 301 and 401 of
ERISA, and therefor to be exempt from parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title 1 of ERISA. The
second plan is a separate plan not subject to ERISA, and is

                                       15
<PAGE>

maintained to provide deferred compensation benefit for non-employee directors

12.7. Gender; Singular & Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall
be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the
person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be
read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

12.8. Limitation. A Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary shall assume
all risk in connection with the performance of any Declared Rate and any
decrease in value of the Deferral Accounts, including any decrease in the value
of Stock, and the Company, Committee and the Administrator shall not be liable
or responsible therefor.

12.9. Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the
Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand
delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the principal office of
the Company, directed to the attention of the Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of
the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on
the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

12.10. Obligations to Company. If a Participant becomes entitled to a
distribution of Benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has
outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount
owing to the Company, then the Company may offset such amount owed to it against
the amount of Benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made
by the Administrator.

12.11. Limits on Transfer. Other than by will or the laws of descent and
distribution, no right, title or interest of any kind in the Plan shall be
transferable or assignable by a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary or
be subject to alienation, anticipation, encumbrance, garnishment, attachment,
levy, execution or other legal or equitable process, nor subject to the debts,
contracts, alimony, liabilities or engagements, or torts of any Participant or
Participant's Beneficiary. Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign,
pledge, garnish, attach or take any other action subject to legal or equitable
process or encumber or dispose of any interest in the Plan shall be void.

12.12. Satisfaction of Claims. Payments to any Participant or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in
full or partial satisfaction of claims against the Company for the compensation
or other amounts deferred and relating to the Deferral Account to which the
payments relate.

12.13. Unfunded Status of Plan; Creation of Trusts. The Plan is intended to
constitute an "unfunded" plan for deferred compensation and Participants shall
rely solely on the unsecured promise of the Company for payment hereunder. With
respect to any payment not yet made to a Participant under the Plan, nothing
contained in the Plan shall give a Participant any rights that are greater than
those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company; provided, however, that
the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts, including but not
limited to the Trust referred to in this Article or Article 12.18, or make other
arrangements to meet the Company's obligations under the Plan, which trusts or
other arrangements shall be consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.

12.14. Compliance. A Participant in the Plan shall have no right to receive
payment with respect to the Participant's Deferral Account until legal and
contractual obligations of the

                                       16
<PAGE>

Company relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments
shall have been complied with in full. In addition, the Company shall impose
such restrictions on Stock delivered to a Participant hereunder and any other
interest constituting a security as it may deem advisable in order to comply
with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the requirements of the New York
Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system upon
which the Stock is then listed or quoted, any state securities laws applicable
to such a transfer, any provision of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
or Bylaws, or any other applicable law or applicable regulation.

12.15. Other Participant Rights. No Participant shall have any of the rights or
privileges of a stockholder of the Company under the Plan, including as a result
of the crediting of Stock equivalents or other amounts to a Deferral Account, or
the creation of any trust and deposit of such Stock therein, except at such time
as Stock may be actually delivered in settlement of a Deferral Account. Subject
to the limitations set forth in Article 12.11 hereof, the Plan shall inure to
the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their successors and
assigns. Stock allocated in the trust will be voted by the trustee thereof in
the same manner as the Company stock held in the Company's Employee Stock
Benefit Trust.

12.16. Tax Withholding. The Participant or Beneficiary shall make appropriate
arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state or local
income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax
requirements applicable to the crediting and payment of Benefits under the Plan.
If no other arrangements are made, the Company shall have the right to deduct
from amounts otherwise credited or payable in settlement of a Deferral Account
any sums that federal, state, local or foreign tax law requires to be withheld
with respect to such credit or payment. Shares of Stock may be withheld to
satisfy such obligations in any case where taxation would be imposed upon the
delivery of shares, except that shares issued or delivered under any plan,
program, employment agreement or other arrangement may be withheld only in
accordance with the terms of such plan, program, employment agreement or other
arrangement and any applicable rules, regulations, or resolutions thereunder.

12.17. Protective Provisions. Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company
by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to
facilitate the payment of Benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations
when and as the Company may deem necessary and taking such other relevant action
as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses so to cooperate,
the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan,
other than payment to such Participant of the cumulative Deferrals theretofore
made pursuant to this Plan.

12.18. Unsecured General Creditor. The Company intends to establish and fund a
trust (the "Trust") under the Avery Dennison Corporation Capital Accumulation
Plan. The assets of the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the Company's
creditors. Benefits shall be paid directly by the Trustee, or its designated
agent, from Trust assets to the Participant or Beneficiary. To the extent any
Benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from the Trust, the Company
shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so
paid, such Benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the
Company. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns
shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest, or claims in any specific
property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have
any rights, claims, or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity
contracts, mutual funds, shares of Company stock or the proceeds therefrom owned
or which may be acquired by the Company. Apart from the Trust, such policies or
other assets of

                                       17
<PAGE>

the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants,
their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, or assigns, or held in any way as
collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of Company under this
Plan. Any and all of the Company's assets and policies shall be, and remain, the
general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation
under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the
Company to pay money or property in the future.

12.19. Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or
forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the benefits due
hereunder, wherever such laws may be enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, or which may affect the administration or performance of this Plan; and
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company hereby expressly waives
all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder,
delay or impede the realization of any benefits to which the Participants
hereunder are entitled, but will suffer and permit the realization of all such
benefits as though no such law had been enacted.

12.20. Status. The establishment and maintenance of, or allocations and credits
to, the Deferral Accounts of any Participant shall not vest in any Participant
any right, title or interest in and to any Plan assets or Benefits except at the
time or times and upon the terms and conditions and to the extent expressly set
forth in the Plan and in accordance with the terms of the Trust.

12.21. Validity. In the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void,
or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the
validity of any other provision of this Plan.

12.22. Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of any breach of any provision
of the Plan by any other party shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of
any subsequent breach.

ARTICLE 13:  Effective Date

The effective date of this Plan is May 1, 1997; the Plan is amended and restated
effective as of September 16, 1998.

                                       18
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

Declared Rate 1 - based on the performance of the Money Market Fund managed by
                  Pacific Mutual in the Pacific  Select Fund.

Declared RATE 2 - based on the performance of the Managed Bond Fund managed by
                  PIMCO in the Pacific Select Fund.

DECLARED RATE 3 - based on the performance of the Growth LT Fund managed by
                  James Capital Corporation in the Pacific Select Fund.

Declared Rate 4 - based on the performance of the Equity Index Fund managed by
                  Bankers Trust in the Pacific  Select Fund.

Declared RATE 5 - based on the performance of the International Fund managed by
                  Morgan Stanley in the Pacific Select Fund.

DECLARED RATE 6 - based on the performance of the Growth Fund managed by Capital
                  Guardian Trust Co. in the Pacific Select Fund.

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.34.2

                               AMENDMENT No. 1 to

                            CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN

The Capital Accumulation Plan (the "Plan"), amended and restated as of September
16, 1998, is hereby amended effective December 1, 1999, as follows:

1.   Article 2 "Definitions"

     a.   The definition of "Normal Retirement" is amended to read as follows:

          Normal Retirement. "Normal Retirement" shall mean the termination of a
          -----------------
          Participant's position as a Director or employment with the Company
          for any reason other than death or Disability on or after the
          Participant attains age 62.

2.   All other terms and conditions of the Plan remain in full force and effect.


                                                                      EXHIBIT 12
                           AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
                COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                              (Dollars in Millions)

                                                      1999        1998
Earnings:                                            -------     -------
Income before taxes                                 $ 330.4     $ 336.7
Add:   Fixed Charges*                                   62.6        52.5
       Amortization of capitalized interest             1.6         1.5
Less:  Capitalized interest                            (2.4)       (3.0)
                                                    -------     -------
                                                    $ 392.2     $ 387.7
                                                    =======     =======
*Fixed charges:
        Interest expense                            $  43.4     $  34.6
        Capitalized interest                            2.4         3.0
        Amortization of debt issuance costs              .3          .5
        Interest portion of leases                     16.5        14.4
                                                    -------     -------
                                                    $  62.6     $  52.5
                                                    =======     =======
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                      6.3         7.4
                                                    =======     =======


The ratios of earnings to fixed charges were computed by dividing earnings by
fixed charges.  For this purpose, "earnings" consist of income before taxes
plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest), and "fixed charges" consist
of interest expense, capitalized interest, amortization of debt issuance costs
and the portion of rent expense (estimated to be 35%) on operating leases deemed
representative of interest.



AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                            EXHIBIT 13
ELEVEN-YEAR SUMMARY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Compound
                                     Growth Rate               1999(1)            1998               1997               1996
(In millions, except                ---------------     ---------------    ---------------    ---------------    ---------------
 per share amounts)                 5 Year  10 Year     Dollars       %    Dollars       %    Dollars       %    Dollars       %
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>   <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>
FOR THE YEAR
Net sales                              5.7%     4.2%  $ 3,768.2   100.0  $ 3,459.9   100.0  $ 3,345.7   100.0  $ 3,222.5   100.0
Gross profit                           7.1      4.7     1,281.4    34.0    1,144.5    33.1    1,082.7    32.4    1,018.3    31.6
Marketing, general and
  administrative expense               4.0      3.6       842.6    22.4      773.2    22.3      739.8    22.1      712.4    22.1
Interest expense                        .2      2.1        43.4     1.2       34.6     1.0       31.7      .9       37.4     1.2
Income before taxes                   13.8      6.2       330.4     8.8      336.7     9.7      311.2     9.3      270.6     8.4
Taxes on income                       12.6      5.6       115.0     3.1      113.4     3.3      106.4     3.2       94.7     2.9
Net income                            14.5      6.6       215.4     5.7      223.3     6.5      204.8     6.1      175.9     5.5
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1999               1998               1997               1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
PER SHARE INFORMATION
Net income per common share           17.2%     9.0%      $    2.17          $    2.20          $    1.99          $    1.68
Net income per common share,
  assuming dilution                   17.0      n/a            2.13               2.15               1.93               1.63
Dividends per common share            14.6     13.9             .99                .87                .72                .62
Average common shares outstanding     (2.2)    (2.2)           99.2              101.5              103.1              105.0
Average common shares outstanding,
  assuming dilution                   (2.0)     n/a           101.3              104.1              106.1              107.6
Book value at fiscal year end          3.8      2.3       $    8.20          $    8.33          $    8.18          $    8.03
Market price at fiscal year end       32.6     16.4           72.88              45.06              43.75              35.88
Market price range                                            39.75 to           40.88 to           33.38 to           23.88 to
                                                              72.88              60.75              44.13              35.88
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AT YEAR END
Working capital                                           $   105.6          $   137.7          $   163.6          $   110.6
Property, plant and equipment, net                          1,043.5            1,035.6              985.3              962.7
Total assets                                                2,592.5            2,142.6            2,046.5            2,036.7
Long-term debt                                                617.5              465.9              404.1              370.7
Total debt                                                    685.7              537.2              447.7              466.9
Shareholders' equity                                          809.9              833.3              837.2              832.0
Number of employees                                          17,400             16,100             16,200             15,800
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER INFORMATION
Depreciation expense                                      $   126.5          $   114.6           $  105.5          $   100.2
Research and development expense                               64.3               65.0               61.1               54.6
Effective tax rate                                             34.8%              33.7%              34.2%              35.0%
Long-term debt as a percent of total long-
   term capital                                                43.3               35.9               32.6               30.8
Total debt as a percent of total capital                       45.8               39.2               34.8               35.9
Return on average shareholders' equity
   (percent)                                                   27.1               26.7               24.8               21.4
Return on average total capital (percent)                      17.0               19.0               18.1               16.4
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) In 1999, the Company incurred $65 million in a pretax restructuring  charge.
After adjusting for this charge,  1999 net income was $257.8  million,  or $2.60
per common share and $2.54 per diluted common share.  The 5 and 10 year compound
growth  rates  (excluding  the  restructuring  charge)  for net income were 18.7
percent  and 8.5  percent,  respectively,  and 21.5  percent  and 10.9  percent,
respectively,  for net income per common share.  The 5 year compound growth rate
(excluding the restructuring  charge) for net income per common share,  assuming
dilution was 21.2 percent.

                                     Page 1
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                            EXHIBIT 13

ELEVEN-YEAR SUMMARY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



         1995               1994               1993               1992              1991                1990(2)            1989
  ---------------    ---------------    ---------------      ------------      --------------      -----------        -------------
  Dollars       %    Dollars       %    Dollars       %      Dollars    %      Dollars      %      Dollars    %       Dollars     %
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>

$ 3,113.9   100.0  $ 2,856.7   100.0  $ 2,608.7   100.0  $ 2,622.9   100.0  $ 2,545.1   100.0  $ 2,590.2   100.0  $ 2,490.9   100.0
    957.3    30.7      907.8    31.8      818.1    31.4      838.2    32.0      796.2    31.3      808.3    31.2      806.7    32.4

    689.8    22.2      691.9    24.2      642.7    24.6      665.7    25.4      653.9    25.7      752.7    29.1      591.0    23.7
     44.3     1.4       43.0     1.5       43.2     1.7       42.3     1.6       37.5     1.5       40.0     1.5       35.1     1.4
    224.7     7.2      172.9     6.1      132.2     5.1      130.2     5.0      104.8     4.1       15.6      .6      180.6     7.3
     81.0     2.6       63.5     2.2       48.9     1.9       50.1     1.9       41.8     1.6        9.7      .4       66.4     2.7
    143.7     4.6      109.4     3.8       84.4     3.2       80.1     3.1       63.0     2.5        5.9      .2      114.2     4.6
====================================================================================================================================



<CAPTION>
         1995               1994               1993               1992              1991                1990               1989
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>                       <C>

    $    1.35          $     .98          $     .73           $    .66          $     .51          $     .05          $     .92

         1.32                .97                .72                .66                n/a                n/a                n/a
          .55                .50                .45                .41                .38                .32                .27
        106.5              111.1              115.9              120.8              123.9              123.9              124.2

        108.5              112.3              116.9              121.8                n/a                n/a                n/a
    $    7.69          $    6.81          $    6.40           $   6.82          $    6.73          $    6.83          $    6.55
        25.07              17.75              14.69              14.38              12.69              10.75              15.94
        16.63 to           13.32 to           12.75 to           11.63 to            9.69 to            7.82 to           10.50 to
        25.07              17.88              15.57              14.44              12.75              16.50              15.94
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    $   127.6          $   122.8          $   141.6           $  222.6          $   226.0          $   298.8          $   323.9
        907.4              831.6              758.5              779.9              814.2              821.7              714.1
      1,963.6            1,763.1            1,639.0            1,684.0            1,740.4            1,890.3            1,715.9
        334.0              347.3              311.0              334.8              329.5              376.0              317.8
        449.4              420.7              397.5              427.5              424.0              510.4              418.9
        815.8              729.0              719.1              802.6              825.0              846.3              811.3
       15,500             15,400             15,750             16,550             17,095             18,816             19,215
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    $    95.3          $    87.9          $    84.1           $   83.8          $    83.1          $    80.8          $    71.5
         52.7               49.1               45.5               46.7               48.7               53.7               51.0
         36.0%              36.7%              37.0%              38.5%              39.9%              62.2%              36.8%

         29.0               32.3               30.2               29.4               28.5               30.8               28.1
         35.5               36.6               35.6               34.8               33.9               37.6               34.1

         18.6               14.8               11.0                9.7                7.7                 .7               14.7
         14.4               12.1                9.3                8.3                6.7                1.5               12.0
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(2) In 1990, the Company incurred $85.2 million in pretax charges related to the
merger of Avery International Corporation and Dennison Manufacturing Company and
$13.8 million of merger-related  costs. After adjusting for these charges,  1990
net income was $71.7 million, or $.58 per common share.


                                     Page 2
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Balance Sheet

(Dollars in millions)                                                                              1999         1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                                   $     6.9    $    18.5
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $19.5 and $16.5 for 1999 and 1998, respectively                                           542.4        454.8
  Inventories, net                                                                                279.8        230.6
  Other receivables                                                                                23.8         24.0
  Prepaid expenses                                                                                 23.7         19.0
  Deferred taxes                                                                                   79.4         55.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current assets                                                                          956.0        802.0
Property, plant and equipment, at cost:
  Land                                                                                             41.9         40.1
  Buildings                                                                                       434.4        439.9
  Machinery and equipment                                                                       1,324.9      1,347.0
  Construction-in-progress                                                                        133.5        105.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                1,934.7      1,932.6
  Accumulated depreciation                                                                        891.2        897.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                1,043.5      1,035.6
Intangibles resulting from business acquisitions, net                                             397.0        145.1
Non-current deferred taxes                                                                          9.5          5.0
Other assets                                                                                      186.5        154.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              $ 2,592.5    $ 2,142.6
======================================================================================================================
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Short-term and current portion of long-term debt                                            $    68.2    $    71.3
  Accounts payable                                                                                316.8        269.8
  Accrued payroll and employee benefits                                                           133.7        110.9
  Other accrued liabilities                                                                       252.4        173.4
  Income taxes payable                                                                             77.4         36.7
  Deferred taxes                                                                                    1.9          2.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total current liabilities                                                                     850.4        664.3
Long-term debt                                                                                    617.5        465.9
Long-term retirement benefits and other accrued liabilities                                       132.0        115.5
Non-current deferred taxes                                                                         99.4         63.6
Long-term obligation                                                                               83.3           --
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $1 par value, authorized - 400,000,000 shares at year end 1999
     and 1998; issued - 124,126,624 shares at year end 1999 and 1998                              124.1        124.1
  Capital in excess of par value                                                                  962.3        587.5
  Retained earnings                                                                             1,288.5      1,185.1
  Cost of unallocated ESOP shares                                                                 (16.8)       (18.3)
  Employee stock trusts, 13,914,515 shares and 15,036,525 shares at year end                   (1,014.0)      (677.6)
     1999 and 1998, respectively
  Treasury stock at cost, 11,453,728 shares and 9,060,617 shares at year end                     (481.3)      (359.4)
     1999 and 1998, respectively
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                                            (52.9)        (8.1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total shareholders' equity                                                                    809.9        833.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                              $ 2,592.5    $ 2,142.6
======================================================================================================================
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>


                                     Page 3
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statement of Income

(In millions, except per share amounts)                                               1999        1998        1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales                                                                        $ 3,768.2   $ 3,459.9   $ 3,345.7
Cost of products sold                                                              2,486.8     2,315.4     2,263.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Gross profit                                                                 1,281.4     1,144.5     1,082.7
Marketing, general and administrative expense                                        842.6       773.2       739.8
Restructuring charge                                                                  65.0        --          --
Interest expense                                                                      43.4        34.6        31.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Income before taxes                                                            330.4       336.7       311.2
Taxes on income                                                                      115.0       113.4       106.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Net income                                                                 $   215.4   $   223.3   $   204.8
==================================================================================================================
Per share amounts:
      Net income per common share                                                $    2.17   $    2.20   $    1.99
      Net income per common share, assuming dilution                                  2.13        2.15        1.93
      Dividends                                                                        .99         .87         .72
Average shares outstanding:
      Common shares                                                                   99.2       101.5       103.1
      Common shares, assuming dilution                                               101.3       104.1       106.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares outstanding at year end                                                 98.8       100.0       102.4
==================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                     Page 4
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity

                                                      Common     Capital in                  Cost of      Employee
                                                     stock, $1   excess of     Retained    unallocated     stock        Treasury
(Dollars in millions)                                par value   par value     earnings    ESOP shares    trusts         stock
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
Fiscal year ended 1996                                $124.1       $475.4        $945.6      $(29.4)         $(644.3)     $(67.5)
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                                  204.8
      Other comprehensive income:
        Foreign currency translation adjustment
        Minimum pension liability adjustment
        Other comprehensive income
        Total comprehensive income
Repurchase of 2.5 million shares for treasury                                                                              (99.3)
Stock issued under option plans,                                    (17.3)                                      48.4
  net of $29.1 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.72 per share                                                         (86.8)
ESOP transactions, net                                                                          6.0
Employee stock benefit trust market value                           134.4                                     (134.4)
  adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1997                                 124.1        592.5       1,063.6       (23.4)          (730.3)     (166.8)
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                                  223.3
      Other comprehensive income:
        Foreign currency translation adjustment
        Minimum pension liability adjustment
        Other comprehensive income
        Total comprehensive income
Repurchase of 4 million shares for treasury                                                                               (192.6)
Stock issued under option plans,                                    (34.8)                                      82.5
  net of $43.6 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.87 per share                                                        (101.8)
ESOP transactions, net                                                                          5.1
Employee stock benefit trust market value                            29.8                                      (29.8)
  adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1998                                 124.1        587.5       1,185.1       (18.3)          (677.6)     (359.4)
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                                  215.4
      Foreign currency translation adjustment
        Total comprehensive income
Repurchase of 2.4 million shares for treasury                                                                             (121.9)
Stock issued under option plans,                                    (23.0)                                      61.4
  net of $34 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.99 per share                                                        (112.0)
ESOP transactions, net                                                                          1.5
Employee stock benefit trust market value                           397.8                                     (397.8)
  adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1999                                $124.1       $962.3      $1,288.5      $(16.8)       $(1,014.0)    $(481.3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                     Page 5


<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

<CAPTION>
                                                    Accumulated
                                                          other
                                                  comprehensive
(Dollars in millions)                             income (loss)              Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>
Fiscal year ended 1996                                    $28.1             $832.0
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                             204.8
      Other comprehensive income:
        Foreign currency translation adjustment           (49.7)             (49.7)
        Minimum pension liability adjustment                (.9)               (.9)
                                                       ----------------------------
        Other comprehensive income                        (50.6)             (50.6)
                                                                      -------------
        Total comprehensive income                                           154.2
Repurchase of 2.5 million shares for treasury                                (99.3)
Stock issued under option plans,                                              31.1
  net of $29.1 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.72 per share                                                    (86.8)
ESOP transactions, net                                                         6.0
Employee stock benefit trust market value                                       --
adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1997                                    (22.5)             837.2
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                             223.3
      Other comprehensive income:
        Foreign currency translation adjustment            13.3               13.3
        Minimum pension liability adjustment                1.1                1.1
                                                       ----------------------------
        Other comprehensive income                         14.4               14.4
                                                                      -------------
        Total comprehensive income                                           237.7
Repurchase of 4 million shares for treasury                                 (192.6)
Stock issued under option plans,                                              47.7
  net of $43.6 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.87 per share                                                   (101.8)
ESOP transactions, net                                                         5.1
Employee stock benefit trust market value                                       --
  adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1998                                     (8.1)             833.3
Comprehensive income:
      Net income                                                             215.4
      Foreign currency translation adjustment             (44.8)             (44.8)
                                                                      -------------
        Total comprehensive income                                           170.6
Repurchase of 2.4 million shares for treasury                               (121.9)
Stock issued under option plans,                                              38.4
  net of $34 of tax and dividends paid on stock held
  in stock trusts
Dividends: $.99 per share                                                   (112.0)
ESOP transactions, net                                                         1.5
Employee stock benefit trust market value                                       --
  adjustment
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year ended 1999                                   $(52.9)            $809.9
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>


                                     Page 6
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(In millions)                                                                 1999      1998      1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Activities
<S>                                                                          <C>       <C>       <C>
Net income                                                                   $215.4    $223.3    $204.8
Adjustments  to  reconcile  net income to net cash  provided by  operating
  activities:
      Restructuring charge                                                     65.0      --        --
      Depreciation                                                            126.5     114.6     105.5
      Amortization                                                             23.9      12.6      11.3
      Deferred taxes                                                          (15.3)     13.8      18.4
      Changes  in assets and  liabilities,  net of the  effect of foreign
        currency  translation, business acquisitions and divestitures, and
        restructuring charge:
           Trade accounts receivable, net                                     (66.1)     18.6     (26.6)
           Inventories, net                                                   (28.0)     11.0       5.7
           Other receivables                                                    (.3)      8.3      (4.8)
           Prepaid expenses                                                    (4.6)      1.0      (1.6)
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                            74.7     (11.8)     44.6
           Taxes on income                                                     60.9      41.5      16.5
           Long-term retirement benefits and other accrued liabilities        (16.9)    (10.1)     (5.4)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                     435.2     422.8     368.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investing Activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                    (177.7)   (159.7)   (177.3)
(Payments) for acquisitions and net proceeds from                            (175.8)    (30.9)      4.6
  sale of assets, business divestitures and acquisitions
Other                                                                         (30.4)    (26.9)    (16.3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                        (383.9)   (217.5)   (189.0)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financing Activities

Increase in long-term debt                                                     --        50.0      60.0
Decrease in long-term debt                                                      (.9)     (3.9)     (1.7)
Net increase (decrease) in other debt                                         152.2      39.3     (73.0)
Dividends paid                                                               (112.0)   (101.8)    (86.8)
Purchase of treasury stock                                                   (121.9)   (192.6)    (99.3)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                        16.9      20.7      13.3
Other                                                                           3.3      (2.3)      7.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in financing activities                                         (62.4)   (190.6)   (179.6)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances                         (.5)       .5       (.3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                              (11.6)     15.2       (.5)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                   18.5       3.3       3.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                       $  6.9    $ 18.5    $  3.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
</TABLE>


                                     Page 7
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

      Nature of Operations

      The Company is a worldwide  manufacturer of  pressure-sensitive  adhesives
      and materials,  and consumer and converted  products.  The Company's major
      markets are in office  products,  data  processing,  health care,  retail,
      transportation,  industrial  and  durable  goods,  food and  apparel.  The
      Pressure-sensitive  Adhesives and  Materials  segment and the Consumer and
      Converted Products segment each contribute approximately 50 percent of the
      Company's total sales. Sales are generated primarily in the United States,
      continental Europe and the United Kingdom.

      PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

      The  consolidated   financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  all
      majority-owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany accounts,  transactions and
      profits are eliminated.  Investments in certain  affiliates (20 percent to
      50  percent   ownership)  are  accounted  for  by  the  equity  method  of
      accounting.

      FISCAL YEAR

      The Company's 1999 and 1997 fiscal years reflected a 52-week period ending
      January 1, 2000 and  December  27,  1997,  respectively.  Fiscal year 1998
      reflected a 53-week period ending January 2, 1999.  Normally,  each fiscal
      year  consists of 52 weeks,  but every fifth or sixth fiscal year consists
      of 53 weeks.

      USE OF ESTIMATES

      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
      accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates and
      assumptions  for the reporting  period and as of the  financial  statement
      date.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  affect the reported  amounts of
      assets and liabilities,  the disclosure of contingent  liabilities and the
      reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses.  Actual  results could differ
      from those estimates.

      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      Cash and cash  equivalents  include  cash on hand,  deposits  in banks and
      short-term  investments,  with  maturities  of three  months  or less when
      purchased. The carrying amounts of these assets approximate fair value due
      to the short maturity of the instruments. Cash paid for interest and taxes
      was as follows:

      (In millions)                               1999        1998        1997
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Interest, net of capitalized amounts      $  44.1     $  29.8     $  31.5
      Income taxes, net of refunds                 62.7        86.3        88.1
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     Page 8
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      Inventories

      Inventories  are  stated  at the lower of cost or  market  value.  Cost is
      determined  using  both  the  first-in,   first-out  (FIFO)  and  last-in,
      first-out  (LIFO)  methods.  Inventories  valued  using  the  LIFO  method
      comprised 39 percent and 37 percent of inventories  before LIFO adjustment
      at year end 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  Inventories at year end were as
      follows:

      (In millions)                        1999             1998
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
      Raw materials                        $86.2            $69.2
      Work-in-progress                      77.0             66.6
      Finished goods                       144.0            121.4
      LIFO adjustment                      (27.4)           (26.6)
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $279.8           $230.6
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------

      Property, Plant and Equipment

      Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the
      estimated  useful  lives of the assets.  Maintenance  and repair costs are
      expensed as incurred;  renewals and betterments are capitalized.  Upon the
      sale or  retirement of  properties,  the accounts are relieved of the cost
      and the related  accumulated  depreciation,  with any resulting  profit or
      loss included in income.

      Intangibles Resulting From Business Acquisitions

      Intangibles  resulting from business acquisitions consist primarily of the
      excess of the acquisition  cost over the fair value of net tangible assets
      acquired  and  are  amortized  over  a 5  to  40  year  period  using  the
      straight-line  method.  The Company  evaluates  the carrying  value of its
      goodwill  on an  ongoing  basis  and  recognizes  an  impairment  when the
      estimated future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than the
      carrying value of the goodwill.  Accumulated amortization at year end 1999
      and 1998 was $67 million and $55.6 million, respectively.

      Foreign Currency Translation

      All  asset  and  liability   accounts  of  international   operations  are
      translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Revenue, costs and expenses
      are  translated at the  weighted-average  currency rate,  which  prevailed
      during  the fiscal  year.  Translation  gains and  losses of  subsidiaries
      operating  in  hyperinflationary  economies  are  included  in net  income
      currently.  Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions,
      other than those  transactions  described  below,  are  included in income
      currently.   Gains  and  losses   resulting  from  hedging  the  value  of
      investments in certain  international  operations and from  translation of
      financial  statements  are  excluded  from  net  income  and are  recorded
      directly to a component of other comprehensive income.

      Transaction and translation  losses decreased net income in 1999, 1998 and
      1997 by $1.7 million, $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively.


                                     Page 9
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      Financial Instruments

      The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward,  option  and  swap
      contracts,  and interest rate contracts to manage exposure to fluctuations
      in foreign currency exchange and interest rates. The Company does not hold
      or purchase any foreign  currency or interest  rate  contracts for trading
      purposes.

      Foreign  exchange  forward,  option and swap contracts that hedge existing
      assets, liabilities or firm commitments are measured at fair value and the
      related gains and losses on these  contracts are  recognized in net income
      currently.  Foreign  exchange  forward  and  option  contracts  that hedge
      forecasted  transactions  are measured at fair value and the related gains
      and losses on these contracts are deferred and subsequently  recognized in
      net  income  in  the  period  in  which  the  underlying   transaction  is
      consummated.  In the event that an  anticipated  transaction  is no longer
      likely to occur,  the Company  recognizes  the change in fair value of the
      instrument in net income currently.

      Gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange forward,  option and swap
      contracts  are  recorded in the same  category  as the related  item being
      hedged.  Cash flows from the use of financial  instruments are reported in
      the same category as the hedged item in the Consolidated Statement of Cash
      Flows.  Gains  and  losses  on  contracts  used  to  hedge  the  value  of
      investments in certain foreign subsidiaries are included as a component of
      other comprehensive income.

      The  net  amounts  paid  or  received  on  interest  rate  agreements  are
      recognized  as  adjustments  to  interest  expense  over the  terms of the
      agreements.  Contract  premiums  paid,  if any, are  amortized to interest
      expense over the terms of the underlying instruments.

      Revenue Recognition

      Sales,  provisions for estimated  sales returns,  and the cost of products
      sold are recorded at the time of shipment.

      Research and Development

      Research and  development  costs are  expensed as  incurred.  Research and
      development expense for 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $64.3 million, $65 million
      and $61.1 million, respectively.

      Stock-Based Compensation

      No compensation  expense is recognized for stock-based awards to employees
      since the  Company's  stock  option  grants are  generally  priced at fair
      market value on the date of grant.

      Environmental Expenditures

      Environmental  expenditures  that do not  contribute  to current or future
      revenue  generation are expensed.  Expenditures  for newly acquired assets
      and those  which  extend or improve the  economic  useful life of existing
      assets are  capitalized  and amortized over the remaining  asset life. The
      Company  reviews,  on  a  quarterly  basis,  its  estimates  of  costs  of
      compliance  with  environmental  laws and the  cleanup of  various  sites,
      including sites in which governmental agencies have designated the Company
      as a potentially  responsible  party. When it is probable that obligations
      have been  incurred and where a minimum  cost or a reasonable  estimate of
      the cost of compliance or remediation  can be  determined,  the applicable
      amount is accrued. For other potential liabilities, the timing of accruals
      coincides with the related ongoing site assessments.  Potential  insurance
      reimbursements  are not recorded or offset against the  liabilities  until
      received, and liabilities are not discounted.


                                     Page 10
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      Net Income Per Share

      Net income per common share amounts were computed as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      (In millions, except per share amounts)                                      1999          1998           1997
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>           <C>            <C>
      (A)   Net income available to common shareholders                          $215.4        $223.3         $204.8
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      (B)   Weighted average number of common shares                               99.2         101.5          103.1
              outstanding
            Additional common shares issuable under employee stock                  2.1           2.6            3.0
              options using the treasury stock method
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      (C)   Weighted average number of common shares                              101.3         104.1          106.1
              outstanding assuming the exercise of stock options
      Net income per common share (A) / (B)                                       $2.17         $2.20          $1.99
      Net income per common share, assuming dilution (A) / (C)                     2.13          2.15           1.93
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      Comprehensive Income

      Comprehensive  income includes net income,  foreign  currency  translation
      adjustments  and  adjustments  to the minimum  pension  liability that are
      presented as a component of shareholders' equity.

      Future Accounting Requirements

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
      Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
      Instruments  and Hedging  Activities".  This  Statement  requires that all
      derivative  instruments  be recorded  on the  balance  sheet at their fair
      value.  Changes in the fair value of  derivatives  will be  recorded  each
      period in current earnings or other  comprehensive  income.  The new rules
      will be effective the first quarter of 2001. The Company is in the process
      of  determining  the  impact of this new  standard  and,  based on current
      market conditions, anticipates that the new rules will not have a material
      impact on the Company's financial results when effective.

      Financial Presentation

      Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 1999
      financial statement presentation.


                                    Page 11
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 2. Acquisitions and Joint Ventures

      In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company acquired Spartan International,
      Inc.  (Spartan),  a privately held specialty  converting  company based in
      Holt,  Michigan.  Spartan  supplies  pressure-sensitive  products  to  the
      commercial graphics, sign making, vehicle marking and automotive markets.

      In the first quarter of 1999,  the Company  completed a  transaction  with
      Steinbeis  Holding  GmbH to  combine  substantially  all of the  Company's
      office  products  businesses in Europe with Zweckform  Buro-Produkte  GmbH
      (Zweckform),  a German office products supplier.  The Company's  aggregate
      cost basis in this venture was financed  through  available cash resources
      of  approximately  $23  million and the  assumption  of an  obligation  as
      reported in the "Long-term  obligation" line on the  Consolidated  Balance
      Sheet. It is the intention of the Company to pay the entire  obligation in
      2004.  The excess of the cost  basis  over the fair value of net  tangible
      assets acquired was $104.6 million.

      In the third quarter of 1999, the Company acquired Stimsonite  Corporation
      (Stimsonite),   based  in  Niles,  Illinois,  a  leading  manufacturer  of
      reflective  safety  products  for the  transportation  and highway  safety
      markets.  The Company  paid  approximately  $150  million  (including  the
      assumption of approximately $20 million in debt) for Stimsonite, which was
      primarily  funded with the issuance of debt.  Stimsonite  had sales of $87
      million in 1998. The excess of the  cost-basis  over the fair value of net
      tangible assets acquired was $124.7 million.

      In the fourth quarter of 1999, the Company acquired the remaining minority
      stake in its Argentine business, the largest pressure-sensitive  materials
      operation in that country.

      The acquired  businesses  added  approximately  5 percent of the Company's
      total sales and did not have a significant impact on the Company's overall
      profitability in 1999.

      Note 3. Restructuring

      In the first quarter of 1999, the Company announced a major realignment of
      its cost structure designed to increase operating efficiencies and improve
      profitability.  The realignment  resulted in a pretax restructuring charge
      of $65 million, or $.42 per diluted share on an after-tax basis.

      The   restructuring   involves  the  consolidation  of  manufacturing  and
      distribution capacity in both of the Company's operating segments. The $65
      million  charge  reflects  the  costs to  close  eight  manufacturing  and
      distribution facilities,  the elimination of approximately 1,500 positions
      (principally in manufacturing), and other initiatives to exit activities.

      The significant  components of the  restructuring charge and the remaining
      balance as of January 1, 2000  (included in "Accrued  payroll and employee
      benefits" and "Other accrued liabilities") were as follows:

      (In millions)                                      Amounts
                                          Charge        Utilized       Balance
                                     -------------   --------------   ----------
      Severance and related costs          $35.1           $22.8         $12.3
      Asset write-downs                     29.9            23.2           6.7
                                     -------------   --------------   ----------
                                           $65.0           $46.0         $19.0
                                     =============   ==============   ==========


                                    Page 12
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 3. Restructuring (Continued)

      Severance and related costs represent cash paid or to be paid to employees
      being terminated under the program.  Asset write-downs  identified as part
      of the restructuring program, principally related to equipment,  represent
      non-cash charges required to reduce the carrying value of the assets to be
      disposed of to net realizable value as of the planned date of disposal.

      At the end of 1999,  five plant closures were completed and  approximately
      950  employees had left the Company.  The Company  expects to complete the
      restructuring program in the year 2000.

      Note 4. Debt

      Long-term debt at year end was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      (In millions)                                                        1999          1998
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>
      Medium-term notes (weighted-average of 6.95% at year end)          $410.0        $410.0
      Domestic variable-rate short-term borrowings to be refinanced       193.3          42.0
        on a long-term basis (5.9% at year end)
      Other                                                                17.8          16.3
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          621.1         468.3
      Less: Amount classified as current                                   (3.6)         (2.4)
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         $617.5        $465.9
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      The Company has a revolving  credit  agreement with four domestic banks to
      provide up to $250 million in  borrowings  through July 1, 2004,  with all
      amounts borrowed under this agreement due no later than the same date. The
      Company  may  annually  extend  the  revolving  period  and due date under
      certain  conditions  with approval of the banks.  The financing  available
      under this revolving  credit  agreement will be used, as needed,  to repay
      uncollateralized  short-term and currently maturing long-term debt, and to
      finance other corporate requirements.

      In  addition  to the above  revolving  credit  agreement,  the Company had
      short-term lines of credit available aggregating $327.9 million at the end
      of 1999,  of which $64.6 million was utilized at variable  interest  rates
      ranging from 3.8 percent to 10.5 percent.

      The  Company  previously  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
      Commission   $150   million  in  principal   amount  of   uncollateralized
      medium-term  notes,  of which $110  million in notes had been issued as of
      year end 1998. No notes were issued in 1999. Proceeds from the medium-term
      notes  were  used to  refinance  short-term  debt  and for  other  general
      corporate  purposes.  The  Company's  outstanding  medium-term  notes have
      maturities from 2000 through 2025.

      The amount of long-term debt outstanding at the end of 1999, which matures
      during 2000 through 2004 is $3.6  million,  $5.9 million,  $20.9  million,
      $78.6 million and $279.1 million, respectively, with $233 million maturing
      thereafter.


                                    Page 13
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 4. Debt (Continued)

      The fair value of the Company's debt is estimated  based on the discounted
      amount of future cash flows using the current rates offered to the Company
      for debt of the same remaining maturities.  At year end 1999 and 1998, the
      fair value of the Company's total debt, including  short-term  borrowings,
      was $659.2 million and $554.9 million, respectively.

      The terms of various  loan  agreements  in effect at year end require that
      the  Company   maintain   specified   ratios  of  consolidated   debt  and
      consolidated interest expense to certain measures of income.

      The  Company's  total  interest  costs in 1999,  1998 and 1997 were  $45.8
      million,  $37.6  million and $34.9  million,  respectively,  of which $2.4
      million,  $3 million and $3.2 million,  respectively,  were capitalized as
      part of the cost of assets constructed for the Company's use.

      Note 5.  Financial Instruments

      The  Company  enters  into  foreign  exchange  forward,  option  and  swap
      contracts to reduce its risk from  exchange rate  fluctuations  associated
      with receivables,  payables,  loans and commitments denominated in foreign
      currencies that arise primarily as a result of its operations  outside the
      United  States.  At the end of 1999 and  1998,  the  Company  had  foreign
      exchange  forward  contracts  with a notional  value of $94.7  million and
      $311.9   million,   respectively,   primarily   denominated   in  European
      currencies.  The Company's foreign exchange option  contracts,  which were
      substantially denominated in European currencies,  had notional amounts of
      $12.9 million and $13.4 million at the end of 1999 and 1998, respectively.
      In general,  the maturities of the contracts  coincide with the underlying
      exposure  positions  they are  intended  to hedge.  All  foreign  exchange
      forward and option contracts outstanding have maturities within 12 months.
      The carrying value of the foreign exchange forward contracts  approximated
      the fair  value,  which,  based on  quoted  market  prices  of  comparable
      instruments,  was a net liability of  approximately  $15.1 million and $.9
      million at the end of 1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The carrying value of
      the foreign  exchange option  contracts,  based on quoted market prices of
      comparable instruments, was $.2 million and $.3 million at the end of 1999
      and 1998, respectively.

      During 1998,  the Company  entered into a swap  contract to hedge  foreign
      currency  commitments of approximately $9 million over a five year period.
      The carrying value of this contract  approximated fair value,  which was a
      liability of approximately $1.5 million and $.1 million at the end of 1999
      and 1998, respectively.

      The counterparties to foreign exchange forward,  option and swap contracts
      consist of a large number of major international  financial  institutions.
      The Company centrally monitors its positions and the financial strength of
      its counterparties.  Therefore, while the Company may be exposed to losses
      in the  event  of  nonperformance  by  these  counterparties,  it does not
      anticipate any such losses.

      At the end of 1999,  the  Company had  letters of credit  outstanding  for
      $15.9 million which  guaranteed  various trade  activities.  The aggregate
      contract amount of all  outstanding  letters of credit  approximated  fair
      value.

      As of year end 1999 and 1998,  approximately  27 percent  and 24  percent,
      respectively,  of  trade  accounts  receivable  were  from  nine  domestic
      customers.  While the Company  does not require its  customers  to provide
      collateral,  the financial  position and operations of these customers are
      monitored  on an ongoing  basis.  Although  the  Company may be exposed to
      losses in the event of nonpayment, it does not anticipate any such losses.


                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 6.  Commitments

      Minimum annual rental  commitments  on operating  leases having initial or
      remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:

      (In millions)
      -------------------------------------------------------
      Year
      -------------------------------------------------------
      2000                              $35.0
      2001                               29.5
      2002                               23.4
      2003                               16.7
      2004                               12.7
      Thereafter                         21.0
      -------------------------------------------------------
      Total minimum lease payments     $138.3
      -------------------------------------------------------

      Operating  leases relate  primarily to office and warehouse space, EDP and
      transportation equipment.

      Rent  expense  for 1999,  1998 and 1997 was $47  million,  $41 million and
      $39.4 million, respectively.


                                    Page 15
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 7.  Taxes Based On Income

Taxes based on income were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                                      1999     1998      1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>      <C>
Current:
  U.S. Federal tax                                                              $  78.7    $ 56.5   $ 58.3
  State taxes                                                                      12.8      13.4     15.6
  International taxes                                                              39.4      30.1     13.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  130.9     100.0     87.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred:
  U.S. taxes                                                                       (9.9)     11.1     10.8
  International taxes                                                              (6.0)      2.3      8.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  (15.9)     13.4     18.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxes on income                                                                 $ 115.0    $113.4   $106.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The principal  items  accounting  for the difference in taxes as computed at the
U.S. statutory rate and as recorded were as follows:

(In millions)                                      1999       1998       1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Computed tax at 35% of income before taxes      $ 115.6    $ 117.8    $ 108.9
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
  State taxes, net of federal tax benefits          8.3        8.7       10.1
  Other items, net                                 (8.9)     (13.1)     (12.6)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxes on income                                 $ 115.0    $ 113.4    $ 106.4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

Consolidated  income before taxes for U.S. and  international  operations was as
follows:

(In millions)                                      1999      1998      1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S.                                            $ 222.6   $ 232.2   $ 222.7
International                                     107.8     104.5      88.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                $ 330.4   $ 336.7   $ 311.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

U.S.  income  taxes  have  not  been  provided  on  undistributed   earnings  of
international  subsidiaries  ($436.7  million  at year end  1999)  because  such
earnings are  considered to be reinvested  indefinitely  or because U.S.  income
taxes on dividends would be substantially offset by foreign tax credits.

Operating loss  carryforwards for international  subsidiaries  aggregating $40.3
million are  available to reduce  income taxes  payable,  of which $15.4 million
will expire from 2000 through 2006,  while $24.9 million can be carried  forward
indefinitely.


                                    Page 16
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 7.  Taxes Based On Income (Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the temporary  differences  between the amounts at
which assets and liabilities are recorded for financial  reporting  purposes and
the amounts utilized for tax purposes.  The primary  components of the temporary
differences which give rise to the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                         1999            1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
Accrued expenses not currently deductible                            $92.9           $65.2
Net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards             14.3            22.8
Postretirement and postemployment benefits                            12.6            12.1
Pension costs                                                         (9.8)           (8.7)
Valuation allowance                                                   (6.5)           (6.5)
Depreciation and amortization                                        (92.0)          (90.6)
Deferred tax on intangibles resulting from business acquisitions     (23.9)             --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total net deferred tax liabilities                                  $(12.4)          $(5.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Note 8. Shareholders' Equity

Common Stock and Common Stock Repurchase Program

The Company's Certificate of Incorporation  authorizes five million shares of $1
par value preferred stock,  with respect to which the Board of Directors may fix
the series and terms of issuance,  and 400 million shares of $1 par value voting
common stock.

In December 1997, the Company redeemed the outstanding  preferred stock purchase
rights and issued new preferred stock purchase  rights,  declaring a dividend of
one such right on each outstanding share of common stock and since such time the
Company has issued  such  rights  with each share of common  stock that has been
subsequently issued. When exercisable, each new right will entitle its holder to
buy one  one-hundredth  of a share of  Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred
Stock at a price of $150.00 per one  one-hundredth  of a share until October 31,
2007. The rights will become exercisable if a person acquires 20 percent or more
of the Company's  common stock or makes an offer, the consummation of which will
result in the person's owning 20 percent or more of the Company's  common stock.
In the event the Company is acquired in a merger, each right entitles the holder
to purchase common stock of the acquiring company having a market value of twice
the  exercise  price of the right.  If a person or group  acquires 20 percent or
more of the Company's  common stock,  each right entitles the holder to purchase
the Company's common stock with a market value equal to twice the exercise price
of the right.  The rights may be  redeemed by the Company at a price of one cent
per right at any time prior to a person's or group's acquiring 20 percent of the
Company's common stock.  The 20 percent  threshold may be reduced by the Company
to as low as 10 percent at any time prior to a person's  acquiring  a percent of
Company stock equal to the lowered threshold.


                                    Page 17
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 8.  Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

The Board of Directors  has  authorized  the  repurchase  of an  aggregate  40.4
million shares of the Company's  outstanding  common stock.  The acquired shares
may be reissued under the Company's stock option and incentive plans or used for
other Corporate  purposes.  At year end 1999,  approximately  6.1 million shares
were still available for repurchase pursuant to this authorization.

Stock Option and Incentive Plans

The  Company's  Employee  Stock  Benefit  Trust  (ESBT)  funds a portion  of the
Company's  obligations  arising from various  employee  benefit plans.  The ESBT
common  stock is carried at market  value with changes in share price from prior
reporting periods reflected as an adjustment to capital in excess of par value.

The Company  maintains  various stock option and incentive plans which are fixed
employee  stock-based  compensation  plans.  Under the  plans,  incentive  stock
options and stock  options  granted to directors may be granted at not less than
100 percent of the fair market value of the  Company's  common stock on the date
of the grant, whereas nonqualified options granted to employees may be issued at
prices no less than par value.  Options  granted  are  generally  priced at fair
market  value on the date of the grant and  generally  vest  ratably over a four
year period.  Unexercised  options expire ten years from the date of grant.

The following table sets forth stock option information  relative to these plans
(options in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999                            1998                            1997
  ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                     Weighted-average      Number   Weighted-average       Number   Weighted-average       Number
                                       exercise price  of options     exercise price   of options     exercise price   of options
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>                 <C>         <C>                 <C>         <C>
  Outstanding at beginning of year           $  28.70     7,744.9            $ 23.19      9,147.7            $ 18.76      9,775.7
  Granted                                       58.23     1,190.5              45.65      1,098.5              42.29      1,339.0
  Exercised                                     18.09    (1,460.7)             14.32     (2,204.7)             12.93     (1,706.9)
  Forfeited or expired                          35.18      (222.6)             28.28       (296.6)             22.39       (260.1)
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Outstanding at year end                    $  35.49     7,252.1            $ 28.70      7,744.9            $ 23.19      9,147.7
  Options exercisable at year end                         3,426.5                         3,714.0                         4,518.7
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The following table summarizes information on fixed stock options outstanding at
January 1, 2000 (options in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Options outstanding                     Options exercisable
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
                                                   Weighted-average
                                  Number           average remaining    Weighted-average        Number       Weighted-average
Range of exercise prices     outstanding            contractual life      exercise price   exercisable         exercise price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>      <C>      <C>                            <C>          <C>               <C>               <C>
$9.59 to 14.00                     470.6                   2.3 years              $12.66         470.6                 $12.66
15.28 to 23.63                   2,143.4                   5.2 years               19.53       2,143.4                  19.53
34.94 to 45.19                   3,447.6                   7.9 years               40.67         802.5                  38.93
52.88 to 59.72                   1,190.5                   9.8 years               58.23          10.0                  50.59
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$9.59 to 59.72                   7,252.1                   7.0 years               $35.49      3,426.5                 $23.22
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                    Page 18
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

      Note 8. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

      As permitted under current accounting standards,  no compensation cost was
      recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the Company's stock
      option  and  incentive  plans.  Had  compensation  cost for the  Company's
      stock-based  compensation  plans been recognized ratably over the options'
      vesting  periods,  the  Company's  pro forma net income and net income per
      common share would have been $202.5 million and $2.04,  respectively,  for
      1999, $213.4 million and $2.10, respectively,  for 1998 and $197.8 million
      and  $1.92,  respectively,  for  1997.  Net  income  per  share,  assuming
      dilution,  would have been $2.00, $2.05 and $1.86 for 1999, 1998 and 1997,
      respectively.

      The  weighted-average  fair value of options granted during 1999, 1998 and
      1997 was $19.70, $13.07 and $12.70,  respectively.  Option grant date fair
      values were  determined  using a Black-Scholes  option pricing model.  The
      underlying assumptions used were as follows:

                                            1999           1998          1997
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Risk-free interest rate               5.40%          5.37%         6.39%
      Expected stock price volatility      28.13          24.34         17.74
      Expected dividend yield               1.72           2.18          1.74
      Expected option term              10 years       10 years      10 years
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Note 9.  Contingencies

      The  Company  has been  designated  by the U.S.  Environmental  Protection
      Agency (EPA)  and/or other  responsible  state  agencies as a  potentially
      responsible  party  (PRP) at 13 waste  disposal or waste  recycling  sites
      which are the subject of separate investigations or proceedings concerning
      alleged soil and/or groundwater  contamination and for which no settlement
      of the  Company's  liability  has been agreed  upon.  Litigation  has been
      initiated by a governmental  authority with respect to two of these sites,
      but the Company does not believe that any such  proceedings will result in
      the imposition of monetary  sanctions.  The Company is participating  with
      other PRPs at all such sites,  and  anticipates  that its share of cleanup
      costs will be determined  pursuant to remedial  agreements entered into in
      the  normal  course  of  negotiations  with the EPA or other  governmental
      authorities.

      The Company  has accrued  liabilities  for all sites,  including  sites in
      which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a PRP, where it
      is probable that a loss will be incurred and the minimum cost or amount of
      loss can be reasonably  estimated.  However,  because of the uncertainties
      associated  with  environmental  assessment  and  remediation  activities,
      future  expense to remediate the  currently  identified  sites,  and sites
      which could be identified in the future for cleanup,  could be higher than
      the  liability  currently  accrued.  Based on  current  site  assessments,
      management  believes the potential  liability  over the amounts  currently
      accrued would not materially affect the Company.

      The Company and its  subsidiaries  are involved in various other lawsuits,
      claims  and  inquiries,  most of which are  routine  to the  nature of the
      business.  In the opinion of  management,  the resolution of these matters
      will not materially affect the Company.


                                    Page 19
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 10. Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits

      Defined Benefit Plans and Postretirement Health Benefits

      The  Company   sponsors  a  number  of  defined   benefit  plans  covering
      substantially all U.S. employees, employees in certain other countries and
      non-employee  directors.  It is the Company's policy to make contributions
      to these plans  sufficient  to meet the minimum  funding  requirements  of
      applicable laws and regulations,  plus additional  amounts, if any, as the
      Company's actuarial consultants advise to be appropriate.  Plan assets are
      invested in a  diversified  portfolio  that  consists  primarily of equity
      securities.  Benefits payable to employees are based primarily on years of
      service and  employees'  pay during  their  employment  with the  Company.
      Certain  benefits  provided by the Company's U.S. defined benefit plan may
      be paid, in part, from an employee stock ownership plan.

      The  Company  provides  postretirement  health  benefits  to  its  retired
      employees  up to the  age of 65  under  a  cost-sharing  arrangement,  and
      supplemental  Medicare  benefits to certain U.S.  retirees over the age of
      65.  The  Company's  policy  is to fund  the  cost  of the  postretirement
      benefits on a cash basis.


                                    Page 20
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 10. Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

The following provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations,  plan assets and
funded status of the plans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Postretirement
                                                                      Pension    Benefits     Health   Benefits
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------
(In millions)                                                            1999        1998       1999       1998
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year                              $  473.6    $  439.7    $  29.9    $  30.0
Service cost                                                             12.3        10.1         .8        1.0
Interest cost                                                            30.6        29.9        1.7        2.0
Participant contribution                                                  1.9         1.9         --         --
Amendments                                                                 .3         7.8         --         --
Actuarial (gain) loss                                                   (18.8)        3.7       (6.1)      (1.5)
Benefits paid                                                           (26.7)      (25.6)      (1.6)      (1.6)
Acquisition                                                               6.2          --         --         --
Curtailment                                                               1.0          --        (.3)        --
Foreign currency translation                                            (18.3)        6.1         --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year                                    $  462.1    $  473.6    $  24.4    $  29.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year                       $  605.5    $  521.8         --         --
Actual return on plan assets                                             91.9        95.6         --         --
Employer contribution                                                     5.7         3.3        1.6        1.6
Participant contribution                                                  1.9         1.9         --         --
Benefits paid                                                           (26.7)      (25.6)      (1.6)      (1.6)
Foreign currency translation                                            (22.9)        8.5         --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year                             $  655.4    $  605.5         --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status of the plans:
Plan assets in excess of (less than) benefit obligation              $  193.3    $  131.9    $ (24.4)   $ (29.9)
Unrecognized net actuarial gain                                        (119.9)      (59.0)     (10.6)      (4.3)
Unrecognized prior service cost                                           2.1         4.2        1.4        1.0
Unrecognized net asset                                                  (15.1)      (18.5)        --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                                                $   60.4    $   58.6    $ (33.6)   $ (33.2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet consist of:
Prepaid benefit cost                                                 $   99.4    $   84.1         --         --
Accrued benefit liability                                               (39.6)      (26.8)     (33.6)     (33.2)
Intangible asset                                                           .6         1.3         --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized                                                $   60.4    $   58.6    $ (33.6)   $ (33.2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value
of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated  benefit obligations in excess
of plan assets were $30.7 million,  $29 million and $3.5 million,  respectively,
at  year  end  1999,  and  $24.1  million,   $22.2  million  and  $3.7  million,
respectively, at year end 1998.


                                    Page 21
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 10. Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Postretirement
                                                            Pension Benefits             Health Benefits
                                                       ------------------------- -----------------------
                                                      1999     1998     1997       1999     1998    1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted-average assumptions used:
<S>                                                    <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>
Discount rate                                          7.2%     6.7%     7.0%       7.75%   7.00%   7.25%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets       9.3      9.2      9.3          --      --      --
Rate of increase in future compensation levels         4.1      4.1      4.4          --      --      --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


The following table sets forth the components of net periodic  benefit  (income)
cost:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Postretirement
                                                              Pension Benefits                  Health Benefits
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
(In millions)                                       1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of net periodic benefit (income)
cost:
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost                                       $12.3      $10.1      $ 8.4       $ .8       $1.0       $1.1
Interest cost                                       30.6       29.9       29.1        1.7        2.0        2.0
Expected return on plan assets                     (48.1)     (44.0)     (39.4)        --         --         --
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss                 (.2)        .6        2.3        (.4)       (.1)        --
Amortization of prior service cost                    .9         .9         .1         .1         --         .1
Amortization of transition obligation or asset      (2.0)      (2.0)      (2.0)        --         --         --
Curtailment                                          1.3         --         --        (.2)        --         --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic benefit (income) cost                 $(5.2)     $(4.5)     $(1.5)      $2.0       $2.9       $3.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

For measurement  purposes, a 6 percent annual rate of increase in the per capita
cost of covered  health care benefits was assumed for 2000. The rate was assumed
to remain at that level.

A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have
the following effects:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   One percentage-        One percentage-
(In millions)                                                       point increase         point decrease
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                  <C>
Effect on total of service and interest cost components                      $  .3                $  (.3)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                                    2.5                  (2.1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

As a result of changes in  assumptions  used during 1999 and 1998, an additional
liability  of $.6 million and $1.3  million,  respectively,  is reflected in the
Company's  Consolidated Balance Sheet. These amounts are offset in 1999 and 1998
by the recording of an intangible pension asset of $.6 million and $1.3 million,
respectively.  Consolidated pension (income) expense for 1999, 1998 and 1997 was
$(3.8) million, $(2.9) million and $.4 million, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company  sponsors  various  defined  contribution  plans  covering  its U.S.
employees,  including a 401(k)  savings plan.  The Company  matches  participant
contributions to the 401(k) savings plan based on a formula within the plan. The
Avery Dennison  Corporation Employee Savings Plan (Savings Plan) has a leveraged
employee  stock  ownership  plan (ESOP)  feature which allows the plan to borrow
funds to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at market prices. Savings
Plan expense consists primarily of stock  contributions from the ESOP feature to
participant accounts.


                                    Page 22
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 10. Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (Continued)

      ESOP expense is accounted for under two different methodologies:  the cost
      of shares allocated method and the fair value method.  Total ESOP (income)
      expense for 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $(1.6)  million,  $.1 million and $3.5
      million, respectively. There were no Company contributions to pay interest
      or principal on ESOP  borrowings for 1999.  Company  contributions  to pay
      interest  and  principal  on ESOP  borrowings  for 1998 and 1997  were $.1
      million and $3.2 million, respectively.

      Interest  costs  incurred  by the ESOPs for 1999,  1998 and 1997 were $1.5
      million,  $1.8  million  and  $2.6  million,  respectively.  Dividends  on
      unallocated  ESOP shares used for debt  service were $1.6 million in 1999,
      1998 and 1997.

      Consolidated   (income)  expense  for  all  defined   contribution   plans
      (including  total ESOP expense) for 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $(.4) million,
      $.8 million and $4 million,  respectively. Of the total shares held by the
      ESOP,  5.6 million  shares  were  allocated  and 1.6  million  shares were
      unallocated  at year end 1999,  and 6.4 million  shares were allocated and
      1.7 million shares were  unallocated at year end 1998. Of the total shares
      held by the ESOP,  all shares  accounted  for under the fair value  method
      were allocated at year end 1999 and 1998.

      Other Retirement Plans

      The  Company  has  deferred   compensation  plans  which  permit  eligible
      employees  and  directors  to defer a portion of their  compensation.  The
      deferred compensation,  together with certain Company contributions,  earn
      specified and variable rates of return.  As of year end 1999 and 1998, the
      Company had accrued $99.4 million and $78.2 million, respectively, for its
      obligations  under these plans.  The  Company's  expense,  which  includes
      Company  contributions  and  interest  expense,  was $13.1  million,  $6.3
      million and $8.1 million for 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  A portion
      of  the  interest  may be  forfeited  by  participants  if  employment  is
      terminated  before  age 55 other  than by reason of death,  disability  or
      retirement.

      To  assist  in  the  funding  of  these  plans,   the  Company   purchases
      corporate-owned  life  insurance  contracts.  Proceeds  from the insurance
      policies are payable to the Company upon the death of the participant. The
      cash surrender value of these policies, net of outstanding loans, included
      in "Other assets" was $67.7 million and $46.6 million at year end 1999 and
      1998, respectively.


                                    Page 23
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Note 11. Segment Information

      The   Company   manages   its   business   in  two   operating   segments:
      Pressure-sensitive  Adhesives  and  Materials  and Consumer and  Converted
      Products.  The segments were  determined  based upon the types of products
      produced  and  markets  served  by each  segment.  The  Pressure-sensitive
      Adhesives and Materials segment manufactures  pressure-sensitive adhesives
      and base  materials  that are  sold  primarily  to  converters  and  label
      printers  for  further  processing.   Products  in  this  segment  include
      Fasson-brand  papers, films and foils,  specialty tape and chemicals.  The
      Consumer and Converted Products segment  manufactures  products for use by
      the retail  industry and  original-equipment  manufacturers.  This segment
      includes  Avery-brand labels and other consumer  products,  custom labels,
      high performance specialty films and labels,  automotive  applications and
      fasteners.

      The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in
      the summary of significant  accounting  policies.  Intersegment  sales are
      recorded  at or near  market  prices  and are  eliminated  in  determining
      consolidated sales. The Company evaluates performance based on income from
      operations before interest expense and taxes.  General corporate  expenses
      are also excluded from the computation of income from operations.

      The Company does not disclose total assets by operating  segment since the
      Company does not produce such information internally. Instead, the Company
      reviews  each  operating  segment's  average  invested  capital  to assess
      performance and decide how to allocate resources to each segment.


                                    Page 24
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 11. Segment Information (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Financial information by operating segment is set forth below:
(In millions)                                                                         1999(1)     1998        1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales:
Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials                                        $2,015.7    $1,874.5    $1,824.5
Consumer and Converted Products                                                    1,932.5     1,741.4     1,671.9
Intersegment                                                                        (180.0)     (156.0)     (151.9)
Divested operations                                                                   --          --           1.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                                         $3,768.2    $3,459.9    $3,345.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) from operations before interest and taxes:
  Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials                                      $  182.4    $  167.4    $  171.9
  Consumer and Converted Products                                                    222.1       226.7       187.9
  Divested operations                                                                 --          --           (.6)
  Corporate administrative and research and
    development expenses                                                             (30.7)      (22.8)      (16.3)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  $  373.8    $  371.3    $  342.9
Interest expense                                                                     (43.4)      (34.6)      (31.7)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before taxes                                                               $  330.4    $  336.7    $  311.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures:
Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials                                        $   78.9    $   82.9    $  105.7
Consumer and Converted Products                                                       81.1        70.0        66.8
Corporate and divested operations                                                     17.7         6.8         4.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures                                                              $  177.7    $  159.7    $  177.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation expense:
Pressure-sensitive Adhesives and Materials                                        $   64.6       $59.1    $   55.0
Consumer and Converted Products                                                       53.5        48.2        43.8
Corporate and divested operations                                                      8.4         7.3         6.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation expense                                                              $  126.5    $  114.6    $  105.5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Results for 1999 include a pretax  restructuring charge of $65 million. The
     charge was allocated as follows:  $25.1  million to the  Pressure-sensitive
     Adhesives  and  Materials  segment,  $37.6  million  to  the  Consumer  and
     Converted Products segment,  and $2.3 million to Corporate.  See Note 3 for
     additional information regarding the Company's 1999 restructuring charge.


                                    Page 25
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

Note 11. Segment Information (Continued)

Financial information relating to the Company's operations by geographic area is
set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions)                                                                                        1999        1998        1997
<S>                                                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales:
U.S.                                                                                             $2,342.9    $2,195.9    $2,142.6
International                                                                                     1,472.2     1,293.4     1,237.5
Intersegment                                                                                        (46.9)      (29.4)      (35.6)
Divested operations                                                                                  --          --           1.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                                                                        $3,768.2    $3,459.9    $3,345.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant and equipment, net:
U.S.                                                                                             $  583.8    $  578.4    $  565.6
International                                                                                       389.4       396.9       358.4
Corporate and divested operations                                                                    70.3        60.3        61.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                               $1,043.5    $1,035.6    $  985.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Revenues are  attributed to geographic  areas based on the location to which the
product is shipped. The Company's international operations,  conducted primarily
in continental Europe and the United Kingdom, are on the FIFO basis of inventory

cost accounting.  U.S.  operations use both FIFO and LIFO. Export sales from the
United  States  to  unaffiliated  customers  are not a  material  factor  in the
Company's business.


                                    Page 26
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Note 12.  Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
(In millions, except per share data)                First     Second      Third     Fourth
                                                  Quarter(1) Quarter    Quarter    Quarter(2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1999 (1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales                                          $933.9     $928.5     $961.0     $944.8
Gross profit                                        311.9      314.2      327.5      327.8
Net income                                           18.4       63.7       66.0       67.3
Net income per common share                           .19        .64        .66        .68
Net income per common share, assuming dilution        .18        .63        .65        .67
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 (2)
Net sales                                          $843.6     $871.5     $860.2     $884.6
Gross profit                                        280.5      291.3      280.9      291.8
Net income                                           54.2       57.4       55.8       55.9
Net income per common share                           .53        .56        .55        .56
Net income per common share, assuming dilution        .52        .55        .54        .54
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997
Net sales                                          $828.9     $844.8     $835.6     $836.4
Gross profit                                        262.9      273.8      270.1      275.9
Net income                                           48.2       49.6       52.6       54.4
Net income per common share                           .47        .48        .51        .53
Net income per common share, assuming dilution        .45        .47        .50        .52
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)   Net  income  for the  first  quarter  of 1999  includes  expense  of $42.5
      million,  or $.42 per diluted share on an after-tax basis,  related to the
      restructuring charge.

(2)   The  Company's  1998 fiscal year  reflected a 53-week  period  compared to
      52-week  periods in 1999 and 1997. The extra week in 1998 was reflected in
      the fourth quarter.


                                    Page 27
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                           EXHIBIT 13

                        Report of Independent Accountants

      To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Avery Dennison:

      In our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets and the
      related consolidated statements of income,  shareholders' equity, and cash
      flows, which appear on pages 34 through 37 of this Annual Report,  present
      fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avery Dennison
      Corporation  and its  subsidiaries at January 1, 2000 and January 2, 1999,
      and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
      three  years in the  period  ended  January  1,  2000 in  conformity  with
      accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in the United  States.  These
      financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management;
      our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements
      based on our  audits.  We  conducted  our  audits of these  statements  in
      accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally  accepted  in the  United
      States,  which  require  that we plan and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain
      reasonable  assurance  about whether the financial  statements are free of
      material  misstatement.  An audit  includes  examining,  on a test  basis,
      evidence   supporting  the  amounts  and   disclosures  in  the  financial
      statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used and  significant
      estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall  financial
      statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits  provide a reasonable
      basis for the opinion expressed above.

      /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
      Los Angeles, California

      January 25, 2000


                                     Page 28
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Corporate Information

      Counsel

      Latham & Watkins
      Los Angeles, California

      Independent Accountants

      PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
      Los Angeles, California

      Transfer Agent-Registrar

      First Chicago Trust Company of New York,
      a division of EquiServe
      P.O. Box 2500
      Jersey City, NJ  07303-2500
      (800) 756-8200
      (201) 222-4955 (hearing impaired number)
      [email protected] (e-mail)
      http://www.equiserve.com (Web site)

      Annual Meeting

      The Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  will be held at 1:30 pm,  Thursday,
      April  27,  2000,  in the  Conference  Center of Avery  Dennison's  Miller
      Corporate Center, 150 North Orange Grove Boulevard, Pasadena, California.

      DirectSERVICE(tm) Investment and Stock Purchase Program

      Shareholders  of record may reinvest  their cash  dividends in  additional
      shares of Avery Dennison common stock at market price.  Investors may also
      invest optional cash payments of up to $12,500 per month in Avery Dennison
      common  stock  at  market  price.   Avery   Dennison   investors  not  yet
      participating  in the program,  as well as brokers and custodians who hold
      Avery Dennison common stock for clients,  may obtain a copy of the program
      by writing to The  DirectSERVICE  Investment  Program,  c/o First  Chicago
      Trust  Company of New York  (include a reference to Avery  Dennison in the
      correspondence),  P.O. Box 2598,  Jersey City, NJ  07303-2598,  or calling
      (800)    649-2291,     or    logging    onto    their    Web    site    at
      http://www.equiserve.com.


                                     Page 29
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Direct Deposit of Dividends

      Avery Dennison shareholders may deposit quarterly dividend checks directly
      into their checking or savings accounts. For more information,  call Avery
      Dennison's  transfer agent and  registrar,  First Chicago Trust Company of
      New York, at (800) 870-2340.

      FORM 10-K

      A copy of the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form  10-K,  as filed with the
      Securities and Exchange Commission,  will be furnished to shareholders and
      interested  investors free of charge upon written request to the Secretary
      of the Corporation.

      Corporate Headquarters

      Avery Dennison Corporation
      Miller Corporate Center
      150 North Orange Grove Boulevard
      Pasadena, California  91103
      Phone:  (626) 304-2000
      Fax:  (626) 792-7312

      Mailing Address:
      P.O. Box 7090
      Pasadena, California  91109-7090

                                    Page 30
<PAGE>

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION                                          EXHIBIT 13

      Stock and Dividend Data

      Common  shares of Avery  Dennison  are listed on the New York and  Pacific
      stock exchanges.

      Ticker symbol:  AVY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1999                    1998
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 High         Low         High       Low
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                              <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
      Market Price
      First Quarter                                              59           39 3/4      54 3/16    41 9/16
      Second Quarter                                             69 1/8       56 5/8      55 5/16    49 11/16
      Third Quarter                                              63 15/16     52 3/16     60 3/4     47 1/16
      Fourth Quarter                                             72 7/8       51 13/16    49 5/8     40 7/8
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Prices shown represent closing prices on the NYSE.

                                                                                    1999                 1998
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Dividends Per Common Share
      First Quarter                                                                  .24                  .21
      Second Quarter                                                                 .24                  .21
      Third Quarter                                                                  .24                  .21
      Fourth Quarter                                                                 .27                  .24
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total                                                                          .99                  .87
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Number of shareholders of record as of year end 1999:                                            13,817
</TABLE>

                                    Page 31



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                                                              JURISDICTION IN
NAME OF CURRENT SUBSIDIARY                                    WHICH ORGANIZED
A.V. Chemie AG..............................................     Switzerland
ADC Philippines, Inc........................................     Philippines
AEAC, Inc...................................................     U.S.A.
Avery (China) Company Limited...............................     China
Avery Automotive Limited....................................     United Kingdom
Avery Corp..................................................     U.S.A.
Avery de Mexico S.A. de C.V.................................     Mexico
Avery Dennison (Fiji) Limited...............................     Fiji
Avery Dennison (Hong Kong) Limited..........................     Hong Kong
Avery Dennison (India) Private Limited......................     India
Avery Dennison (Ireland) Limited............................     Ireland
Avery Dennison (Kunshan) Limited............................     China
Avery Dennison (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd..........................     Malaysia
Avery Dennison (Shanghai) International Trading Limited ....     China
Avery Dennison (Thailand) Ltd...............................     Thailand
Avery Dennison Australia Group Holdings Pty Limited.........     Australia
Avery Dennison Belgie N.V...................................     Belgium
Avery Dennison C.A..........................................     Venezuela
Avery Dennison Canada Inc...................................     Canada
Avery Dennison Chile S.A....................................     Chile
Avery Dennison Colombia S.A.................................     Colombia
Avery Dennison Converted Products de Mexico, S.A. de C.V....     Mexico
Avery Dennison Coordination Center N.V......................     Belgium
Avery Dennison Corporation..................................     U.S.A.
Avery Dennison Danmark A/S..................................     Denmark
Avery Dennison Danmark Holding ApS..........................     Denmark
Avery Dennison Deutschland GmbH.............................     Germany
Avery Dennison do Brasil Ltda...............................     Brazil
Avery Dennison Dover S.A....................................     Argentina
Avery Dennison Etiket Ticaret Limited Sirketi ..............     Turkey
Avery Dennison Foreign Sales Corporation....................     Barbados
Avery Dennison France S.A...................................     France
Avery Dennison Health Management Corporation................     U.S.A.
Avery Dennison Holding AG...................................     Switzerland
Avery Dennison Holding GmbH.................................     Germany
Avery Dennison Holdings Limited.............................     Australia
Avery Dennison Hong Kong B.V................................     Netherlands
Avery Dennison Hungary Limited..............................     Hungary
Avery Dennison Iberica, S.A.................................     Spain
Avery Dennison Italia S.p.A.................................     Italy
Avery Dennison Korea Limited................................     Korea
Avery Dennison Luxembourg S.A...............................     Luxembourg
Avery Dennison Materials France S.a.r.l.....................     France
Avery Dennison Materials GmbH...............................     Germany
Avery Dennison Materials Ireland Limited....................     Ireland
Avery Dennison Materials Nederland B.V......................     Netherlands
Avery Dennison Materials Pty Limited........................     Australia
Avery Dennison Materials U.K. Limited.......................     United Kingdom
Avery Dennison Mexico S.A. de C.V...........................     Mexico
Avery Dennison Norge A/S....................................     Norway
Avery Dennison Office Products (NZ) Limited.................     New Zealand
Avery Dennison Office Products (Pty.) Ltd...................     South Africa
Avery Dennison Office Products Company......................     U.S.A.
Avery Dennison Office Products de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.......     Mexico

<PAGE>

Avery Dennison Office Products Italia S.r.l.................     Italy
Avery Dennison Office Products Pty Limited..................     Australia
Avery Dennison Office Products U.K. Limited.................     United Kingdom
Avery Dennison Osterreich GmbH..............................     Austria
Avery Dennison Overseas Corporation.........................     U.S.A.
Avery Dennison Overseas Corporation (Japan Branch) .........     Japan
Avery Dennison Pension Trustee Limited......................     United Kingdom
Avery Dennison Polska Sp. z o.o.............................     Poland
Avery Dennison Printer Labels A/S...........................     Denmark
Avery Dennison Scandinavia A/S..............................     Denmark
Avery Dennison Schweiz AG...................................     Switzerland
Avery Dennison Security Printing Europe A/S.................     Denmark
Avery Dennison Singapore (Pte) Ltd..........................     Singapore
Avery Dennison South Africa (Proprietary) Limited...........     South Africa
Avery Dennison Suomi OY.....................................     Finland
Avery Dennison Sverige AB...................................     Sweden
Avery Dennison Systemes D'Etiquetage France S.A.S...........     France
Avery Dennison U.K. Limited.................................     United Kingdom
Avery Dennison Zweckform Austria GmbH.......................     Austria
Avery Dennison Zweckform Office Products Europe GmbH .......     Germany
Avery Dennison Zweckform Unterstutzungskasse GmbH...........     Germany
Avery Dennison, S.A. de C.V.................................     Mexico
Avery Dennison-Maxell K.K...................................     Japan
Avery Etiketsystemer A/S....................................     Denmark
Avery Etiketten B.V.........................................     Netherlands
Avery Etikettsystem Svenska AB..............................     Sweden
Avery Graphic Systems, Inc..................................     U.S.A.
Avery Holding B.V...........................................     Netherlands
Avery Holding Limited.......................................     United Kingdom
Avery Holding S.A...........................................     France
Avery Label (Northern Ireland) Limited......................     United Kingdom
Avery Maschinen GmbH........................................     Germany
Avery Pacific Corporation...................................     U.S.A.
Avery Properties Pty. Limited...............................     Australia
Avery Research Center, Inc..................................     U.S.A.
Avery, Inc..................................................     U.S.A.
Bear Rock Technologies Corporation..........................     U.S.A.
Cardinal Insurance Limited..................................     Bermuda(U.S.A.)
Dennison do Brasil Industria E Comercio Ltda................     Brazil
Dennison International Company..............................     U.S.A.
Dennison International Holding B.V..........................     Netherlands
Dennison Ireland Limited....................................     Ireland
Dennison Manufacturing (Trading) Ltd........................     Channel Islands
Dennison Manufacturing Company..............................     U.S.A.
Dennison Monarch Systems, Inc...............................     U.S.A.
Dennison Office Products Limited............................     Ireland
DMC Development Corporation.................................     U.S.A.
Etikettrykkeriet A/S........................................     Denmark
Fasson Canada Inc...........................................     Canada
Fasson Portugal Produtos Auto-Adesivos Lda..................     Portugal
LAC Retail Systems Limited..................................     United Kingdom
Monarch Industries, Inc.....................................     U.S.A.
PT Avery Dennison Indonesia.................................     Indonesia
Retail Products Limited.....................................     Ireland

<PAGE>

Security Printing Division, Inc.............................     U.S.A.
Societe Civile Immobiliere Sarrail..........................     France
Spartan International, Inc..................................     U.S.A.
Spartan Plastics Canada, Ltd................................     Canada
Stimsonite Australia Pty Limited............................     Australia
Stimsonite Corporation......................................     U.S.A.
Stimsonite do Brasil Ltda...................................     Brazil
Stimsonite Europa Limited...................................     United Kingdom
Stimsonite Foreign Sales Corporation........................     Barbados
Stimsonite Hong Kong Limited................................     Hong Kong
Stimsonite International Corporation........................     U.S.A.
Stimsonite Paint Corporation................................     U.S.A.
Tiadeco Participacoes, Ltda.................................     Brazil
Zweckform U.K. Ltd..........................................     United Kingdom


                                                                      EXHIBIT 99

                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                         "SAFE HARBOR" PROVISIONS OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995


Information provided by the Company may contain certain forward-looking
information, as defined by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
(the "Act"). This may relate to such matters as sales, unit volume, income,
margins, earnings per share, return on equity, return on total capital, economic
value added, capital expenditures, dividends, cash flow, debt to capital ratios,
growth rates, future economic performance and trends, short- and long-term plans
(including financing, operating and strategic plans) and objectives for future
operations as well as assumptions, expectations, projections and estimates
relating to any of the forward-looking information. This Statement is being made
pursuant to the Act and with the intention of obtaining the benefits of the
so-called "safe harbor" provisions of the Act. The Company cautions that
forward-looking statements are not guarantees because there are inherent and
obvious difficulties in predicting the outcome of future events. Therefore,
actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied.

The ability of the Company to attain management's goals and objectives are
materially dependent on numerous factors, including those set forth herein.

Operating results are importantly influenced by general economic conditions and
growth (or contraction) of the principal economies in which the Company
operates, including the United States, Canada, Europe, Latin America and the
Asia-Pacific region. All economies in which the Company operates are cyclical
and the rates of growth (or contraction) can vary substantially. More than
one-third of the Company's sales and one-quarter of the income from operations
(before interest and taxes) are in foreign currencies, which fluctuate in
relation to one another and to the United States dollar. Fluctuations in
currencies can cause transaction, translation and other losses to the Company.
The Company's international operations are strongly influenced by the political,
economic and regulatory environment (including tariffs) in the countries in
which the Company conducts its operations.

As a manufacturer, the Company's sales and profitability are also dependent upon
availability and cost of raw materials and the ability to control or pass on
costs of raw materials and labor. Inflationary and other increases in the costs
of raw materials and labor have occurred in the past and are expected to recur,
and the Company's ability to reflect these costs in increased selling prices for
its products, increasing its productivity, and focusing on higher profit
businesses, has allowed the Company generally to maintain its margins. Past
performance may or may not be replicable in the future.

The Company's customers are widely diversified, but in certain portions of its
business, industry concentration has increased the importance and decreased the
number of significant customers. In particular, sales of the Company's consumer
products in the United States are increasingly concentrated in a few major
customers, principally discount office product superstores and distributors.
These developments, including increased credit risks, may increase pressures on
the Company's margins.

A significant portion of the revenues in each of its recent fiscal years has
been represented by sales of products introduced by the Company within five
years prior to the period in question. The Company's ability to develop and
successfully market new products and to develop, acquire and retain necessary
intellectual property rights is therefore essential to maintaining the Company's
growth, which ability cannot be assured.

Other factors include costs and other effects of interest rate increases, legal
and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil, such as environment and
product related, or criminal), settlements, judgements and investigations,
claims, and changes in those items; developments or assertions by or against the
Company relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property
licenses; adoption of new, or change in, accounting policies and practices and
the application of such policies and practices; changes in business mix, rates
of growth and profitability may be influenced by business reorganizations or
combinations; loss of a significant contract(s) or customer(s); impact of Year
2000 issues; the euro conversion; general or specific economic conditions and
the ability and willingness of purchasers to substitute other products for the
products that the Company distributes; and pricing, purchasing, financing and
promotional decisions by intermediaries in the distribution channel, which could
affect orders, or end-user demand, for the Company's products.

The factors identified in this statement are believed to be important factors
(but not necessarily all of the important factors) that could cause actual
results to be materially different from those that may be expressed or implied
in any forward-looking statement made by, or on behalf, of the Company. Other
factors not discussed in this statement could also have material adverse effects
concerning forward-looking objectives or estimates. The Company assumes no
obligation to update the information included in this statement.
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

                                                                      EXHIBIT 27
<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM THE
CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEET AND THE  CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF INCOME  AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000008818
<NAME>                        AVERY DENNISON

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-01-2000
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-03-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                   JAN-01-2000
<CASH>                                               6,900
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      561,900
<ALLOWANCES>                                        19,500
<INVENTORY>                                        279,800
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   956,000
<PP&E>                                           1,934,700
<DEPRECIATION>                                     891,200
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   2,592,500
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              850,400
<BONDS>                                            617,500
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                           124,100
<OTHER-SE>                                         685,800
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     2,592,500
<SALES>                                          3,768,200
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 3,768,200
<CGS>                                            2,486,800
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    2,486,800
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   907,600<F1>
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  43,400
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    330,400
<INCOME-TAX>                                       115,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                215,400
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                       215,400
<EPS-BASIC>                                           2.17
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         2.13
<FN>
<F1>
Includes $65 million pre-tax restructuring charge.
</FN>


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission